Инструкция к принтеру canon mg3600 series

Драйверы

Операционная система Обнаруженная операционная система

1. Manuals
2. Brands
3. Canon Manuals
4. Printer
5. MG3600 series
6. Online manual

• Page 1: Online Manual

  MG3600 series Online Manual Read Me First Printer Functions Overview Printing Copying Scanning Troubleshooting English…

• Page 2: Table Of Contents

  Adding a PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link User……… . 103 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center……..

• Page 3
  Checking Printer Information……….113 Handling Paper, Originals, FINE Cartridges, etc..
• Page 4
  Safety…………..169 Safety Precautions.
• Page 5
  Canon IJ Network Tool Screen……..
• Page 6
  Ensuring Optimal Printing Results……… . 282 Ink Tips.
• Page 7
  Canon IJ Preview Description……..
• Page 8
  Canon IJ Status Monitor Description……..
• Page 9
  Using IJ Scan Utility…………..489 What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)?.
• Page 10
  Output Settings…………608 Image Settings.
• Page 11
  Network Connection Problems…………677 Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used.
• Page 12
  Scanner Does Not Work…………735 ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start.
• Page 13
  List of Support Code for Error……..787 List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams).
• Page 14
  2900…………..830 2901.
• Page 15
  6933…………..864 6936.

• Page 16: Notes On Site Usage And Cookies

  • Reproduction, diversion or copying of any text, photo or image published in this site, in whole or in part, is prohibited. • In principle, Canon shall change or delete the contents of this site without prior notice to customers. In addition, Canon may suspend or stop the disclosure of this site due to unavoidable reasons. Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion of information in this site, or suspension/stoppage of disclosure of this guide.

• Page 17
  • In Mozilla Firefox 1. Select (Menu) > Print > Page Setup..2. Select the Print Background (colors & images) checkbox in Format & Options. • In Google Chrome 1. Select (Chrome Menu) > Print..2. Select the Background graphics checkbox in Options. For Mac OS: To print background colors and images, follow the steps below to display the Print dialog options, then select the Print backgrounds checkbox.

• Page 18: Using This Online Manual

  Using This Online Manual Symbols Used in This Document Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows) Symbols Used in This Document Warning Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation. Caution Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment.

• Page 19: Trademarks And Licenses

  Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries. • Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc. Note • The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.

• Page 20
  1. Definitions. «License» shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. «Licensor» shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License.
• Page 21
  their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.
• Page 22
  goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages. 9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License.

• Page 23: Search Tips

  Enter keywords in the search window and click (Search). You can search for target pages in this guide. Entry example: «(your product’s model name) load paper» Search Tips You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window. Important •…

• Page 24
  Note • The displayed screen varies depending on your product. • Searching for Application Functions Enter your application’s name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example: When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden Enter «My Image Garden collage»…

• Page 25: Using The Machine

  Using the Machine Printing Photos from a Computer Copying Originals…

• Page 26: Printing Photos From A Computer

  Printing Photos from a Computer This section describes how to print photos with My Image Garden. This section uses windows displayed when the Windows 8.1 operating system (hereinafter referred to as Windows 8.1) is used. 1. Open the front cover (A). 2.

• Page 27
  8. Click the My Image Garden icon (F) in Quick Menu. The Guide Menu screen is displayed. Note • The number and types of icons displayed vary depending on your region, the registered printer/ scanner and the installed applications. 9. Click the Photo Print icon (G). 10.
• Page 28
  11. Click the photos (I) you want to print. For Windows: To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the Ctrl key. For Mac OS: To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the command key. 12.
• Page 29
  My Image Garden Guide (Mac OS)

• Page 30: Copying Originals

  Copying Originals This section describes how to load originals and copy them to plain paper. 1. Open the front cover (A). 2. Extend the paper support (B). 3. Load paper vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN. Push the paper stack all the way to the back of the front tray. 4.

• Page 31
  8. Open the document cover (F). 9. Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO COPY FACING DOWN and align it with the alignment mark (G). 10. Close the document cover gently. 11. Press the Paper button (H) to light the upper Paper lamp (I). 12.
• Page 32
  Note • For details on copy features, see Copying.

• Page 33: Printer Functions

  Easy Scan with the Auto Function Scan Originals Larger than the Platen Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY Printing with Windows RT Checking Printer Information…

• Page 34: Connect Wirelessly With Ease In «Access Point Mode

  Connect Wirelessly with Ease in «Access Point Mode» The machine supports «access point mode» in which you can connect to the machine wirelessly from a computer or smartphone even in an environment without an access point (wireless router). Switch to «access point mode» with simple steps to enjoy scanning and printing wirelessly. When you use the machine with the access point mode, be sure to specify the access point name (SSID) of the machine and the security setting in advance.

• Page 35: Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden

  Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden Organize Images Easily In My Image Garden, you can register the names of people and events to photos. You can organize photos easily as you can display them not only by folder but also by calendar, event, and person.

• Page 36
  Place Photos Automatically Delightful items are created easily as the selected photos are placed automatically according to the theme. Other Various Functions My Image Garden has many other useful functions. Refer to the following for details. What You Can Do with My Image Garden (Windows) What You Can Do with My Image Garden (Mac OS)

• Page 37: Download A Variety Of Content Materials

  PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via My Image Garden or Easy-PhotoPrint+. Downloaded PREMIUM Contents can be printed directly with My Image Garden or Easy-PhotoPrint+. To download PREMIUM Contents, make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks/ink cartridges are installed for all colors on a supported printer.

• Page 38: Print Items With Easy-Photoprint+ (Web Application)

  Print Items with Easy-PhotoPrint+ (Web Application) You can easily create and print personalized items such as calendars and collages, anytime and anywhere, by simply accessing Easy-PhotoPrint+ on the web from a computer or tablet. By using Easy-PhotoPrint+, you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble of installation.

• Page 39: Available Connection Methods

  Available Connection Methods The following connection methods are available on the machine. Wireless Connection • With a wireless router • Without a wireless router USB Connection Wireless Connection There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device (such as a smartphone). One method is to connect using a wireless router, and the other method is to connect without using a wireless router.

• Page 40: Usb Connection

  ◦ When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is displayed in the device’s screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router. • Connection without Using a Wireless Router ◦…

• Page 41: Direct Connection (Windows Xp)

  Direct Connection (Windows XP) Restrictions (Appears in a new window) 1. If the Wi-Fi lamp (A) on the printer is flashing, press the Stop button (B). 2. Press and hold the Wi-Fi button (C) on the printer until the ON lamp (D) flashes. Check the SSID and network key of your printer.

• Page 42
  6. Enter the Password (Network key), then click Connect. 7. When connection is complete, click Back until the screen below appears. Proceed with the setup.

• Page 43: Restrictions

  Restrictions When connecting another device while a device (such as a smartphone) is already connected to the printer, connect it using the same connection method as the connected device. If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled. Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired connection.

• Page 44
  • In Direct Connection mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again. •…

• Page 45: Easy Scan With The Auto Function

  Easy Scan with the Auto Function By using the auto function of IJ Scan Utility, you can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type. Refer to the following for details. Easy Scanning with Auto Scan (Windows) Easy Scanning with Auto Scan (Mac OS)

• Page 46: Scan Originals Larger Than The Platen

  Scan Originals Larger than the Platen By using the stitch function of IJ Scan Utility, you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image. Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported.

• Page 47: Scan Multiple Originals At One Time

  Scan Multiple Originals at One Time By using IJ Scan Utility, you can scan two or more photos (small items) placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually. Refer to the following for details. Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time (Windows) Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time (Mac OS)

• Page 48: Using Pixma/Maxify Cloud Link

  Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • Print images from a photo-sharing service •…

• Page 49: Notice For Web Service Printing

  Canon shall not be held responsible for any damages resulting from such actions. • In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use of the web services.

• Page 50: Using Pixma/Maxify Cloud Link From Your Smartphone, Tablet, Or Computer

  Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or Computer Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Adding a Printer Adding a PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link User…

• Page 51: Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

  Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is a service that links with the cloud function of the printer and allows you to perform operations such as registering and managing apps from your smartphone or tablet device, and checking the print status, print error, and ink status of the printer.

• Page 52: Requirements For Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Operation

  Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Computer x86 or x64 1.6 GHz or higher 2 GB or higher Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher Monitor display Number of display colors 24 bits (true-color) or higher Browser Internet Explorer 9…

• Page 53: Registering User Information To Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

  Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information. If your model has color LCD monitor If your model has monochrome LCD monitor…

• Page 54: Registering User Information To Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (No Lcd Monitor)

  Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (No LCD Monitor) To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information. Registering from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or Computer 1.

• Page 55
  In the displayed screen, enter the E-mail address that you want to register, and then select Continue registration. Note • If you enter an e-mail address that has already been registered, you will receive an «already registered» e-mail. Follow the instructions in the e-mail, and register a different e-mail address. Important •…

• Page 56: User Registration

  1. Check that e-mail containing URL has been sent to registered e-mail address, and access URL 2. In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, read the statements, and select Agree if you agree…

• Page 57
  3. Register password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen, enter the password you want to register into Password and Password (Confirmation), and then select Next.
• Page 58
  Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below. • The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!»#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 4. Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use. Important •…
• Page 59
  The registration is complete. A registration completion message is displayed. When you select the OK button in the message, the login screen is displayed. Enter the registered E-mail address and Password, and Log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center…

• Page 60: Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

  Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When the user registration is completed, you can log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and use the service. 1. From your PC, smartphone, or tablet, access the service login URL (http://cs.c-ij.com/) 2.

• Page 61
  • This is available if you are using a smartphone or tablet. Note • You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jpg and jpeg file formats. 1. On the Main screen, select the app to be used 2. Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen, and then select Log in 3.
• Page 62
  4. In the displayed image list, select the image that you want to print, and then select Next 5. Make the necessary print settings, and then select Print…
• Page 63
  6. A print job completion message appears, and printing starts To continue printing, select Continue, and perform the operation from Step 3. To end the printing, select Apps. The screen returns to the apps list screen. Important • If a print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued, the print job will expire and cannot be printed.

• Page 64: Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Window

  Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window This section describes the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screens that are displayed on your smartphone, tablet device, or computer. Description of the Login screen Description of the Main screen Description of the Login screen This section provides the description of the Login screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

• Page 65
  The licensing information of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is displayed. Description of the Main screen When you log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, the Main screen appears. If you are using a smartphone or a tablet, you can also print photos and documents.
• Page 66
  Select how to manage and set Manage by group (for office users). Mng. printer screen From the Mng. printer screen, you can check update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, copy apps, change printer names, delete printers, and printers.
• Page 67
  • Up to 128 characters (Uppercase and lowercase letters are differentiated.) • Delete printers When you select , the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. When transferring the ownership of the printer, select Clear the information saved on the printer. • Add printers…
• Page 68
  • Although the number of printers that can be registered for one domain is not limited, only up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate. Manage users screen From the Manage users screen, you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, delete…
• Page 69
  Group management screen From the Group management screen, you can use functions for checking group information registered to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, changing groups, deleting groups, adding groups, and setting up users, printers, and apps belonging to each group.
• Page 70
  To switch between app registration/deletion, select Web services Displays the external link service. You can restrict the use of other web services that use Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center accounts such as Easy-PhotoPrint+. To switch between service linking/release, select appears for items that do not have anything selected.
• Page 71
  If you delete all groups, you must create a new one. To set a different management method, set the target method from the Select how to manage screen. • Add group Add a group to be used in Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. Note • You can register up to 20 groups.
• Page 72
  Advanced management screen The Advanced management screen allows you to set the management method for printer users and apps that can be used. To go to the setup screen, select • Require security code Each user can set a Security code, start the app, and perform printing and other operations.
• Page 73
  Manage app availability by user When one printer is used, you can manage the usable apps by user. For usage examples, see «Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (at Home)». Manage by group (for office users) You can manage the usable apps and printers by group.
• Page 74
  The Administrator can change the printer name from the Mng. printer screen of the left context menu. (4) Right context menu When you select , the context menu appears. The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the menu area. symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice.
• Page 75
  From the My account screen, you can display the Permitted services screen and clear any linked service setting. • Help/legal notices The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed. • Log out This opens the Log out screen of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
• Page 76
  (6) Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed: • Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area. • Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area. The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps. The Registered screen lists registered apps.
• Page 77
  On the Search apps screen, the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category. ◦ When you select , the details of the app are displayed. When you select , you can choose to register or unregister the app.
• Page 78
  • Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected. You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred. You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual. Important •…
• Page 79
  This section introduces those functions by using a family of 3 (father, mother, and child) as an example. If the father registers the printer to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, only the father is managed by the service, and the mother and the child cannot use the service unless the father tells them the login E-mail address and Password.
• Page 80
  3. The father selects Add user, and by following the screen instructions, registers the mother and child as users. After this registration is complete, the mother and child can individually use the service. If Father, Mother, and Child Want to Manage Apps Individually…
• Page 81
  After the Administrator (father) specifies settings according to the procedure below, the father, the mother, and the child will be able to manage apps individually. 1. As the Administrator, the father logs in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center selects Advanced management from 2. For Select how to manage, the father selects Set…
• Page 82
  3. The father sets Manage app availability by user and selects OK 4. The screen for checking the management method change appears To complete the setup and return to the Advanced management window, select OK. All registered users can register and delete apps freely.
• Page 83
  Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (at Work) The Group management function allows you take advantage of the many useful functions that the service offers for office use. This section introduces an example in which two printers are used, the Administrator is the senior clerk, and the other members are the company president, the section manager, and the new hire.
• Page 84
  4. The senior clerk selects Advanced management from 5. For Select how to manage, the senior clerk selects Set…
• Page 85
  6. The senior clerk sets Manage by group (for office users) and selects OK Note • If Group management has already been set up, refer to step 10 and the subsequent steps. 7. On the screen for checking management method changes, the senior clerk checks the displayed information and selects OK.
• Page 86
  This appears only if the selected mode is Group management. To complete the setup and display the Group management screen, select OK. Note • With the default settings, the group is named «group1». • With the default settings, all registered users belong to the same group. 8.
• Page 87
  11. On Printers tab, check that all printers are selected 12. On Apps tab, set only Evernote app to…
• Page 88
  To switch between app registration/deletion, select To return to the Group management screen, select Close. This completes the setup of the group to be used by the entire office. Note • The group setup screen displays all users and printers that are registered in the domain. •…
• Page 89
  1. From , select Group management Note • This appears only if Manage by group (for office users) is set in Advanced management. 2. In displayed screen, select Add group…
• Page 90
  3. The senior clerk enters the Group name and selects OK In this field, enter «President» as the president-only group because you will be setting apps that only the president can use. Important • The following restrictions apply to entering the Group name. •…
• Page 91
  6. On the Printers tab, select printer to be used. 7. On the Apps tab, set the Evernote and Facebook apps to…
• Page 92
  To switch between app registration/deletion, select To return to the Group management screen, select Close. The above procedure allows you to set apps that only the president can use. Note • The group setup screen displays all users and printers that are registered in the domain. Limiting Apps That All Members Can Use on Printer To set the apps to be used on the printer, use the following procedure provided by this service.
• Page 93
  Note • This appears only if Manage by group (for office users) is set in Advanced management. 2. For Apps available on printers that do not require a security code, select Settings 3. On Apps tab, set only Evernote app to…
• Page 94
  To switch between app registration/deletion, select To return to the Group management screen, select Close. The above procedure sets up Evernote as the only app that all users can use on the printer. Limiting Apps That Individual Users Can Use on Printer For each user, you can set the apps that the user can use on the printer.
• Page 95
  2. For Require security code, select Set. 3. Select printer for setting up Security code. Security codes identify individual users when multiple users are using a printer. Note • On models where the settings cannot be changed, this function cannot be selected. Some models do not support this function.
• Page 96
  To send a notification e-mail only to users without a Security code, select OK. To display the Security code setup screen when each user logs in and not send the notification e- mail, select Cancel. Important • The following character restriction applies to Security code entries: •…
• Page 97
  7. Enter Security code that you set and Log in Note • If you have not set a Security code, set a Security code from account, and then Log in. 8. Select Facebook app Only the president will be able to use the Facebook app from the printer. Limiting Printers That Individual Users Can Use As an example, this section describes the procedure for setting up one printer for the president and another printer for all users.
• Page 98
  1. From , select Group management Note • This appears only if Manage by group (for office users) is set in Advanced management. 2. Select Settings for the group containing all users…
• Page 99
  3. On the Printers tab, clear printer that was set up for president To return to the Group management screen, select Close. Important • If a user is being managed in multiple groups and an app is deleted or the target printer is changed for one of those groups, the user can still use that app or printer if the one of the other groups allows it.

• Page 100: What Is A Security Code

  Security code to prevent other users from using your account. • This code is valid only when you use MAXIFY Cloud Link from the printer operation panel. You cannot use this code when you access the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from your smartphone, tablet, or computer.

• Page 101: Adding A Printer

  Adding a Printer With one account, you can use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services on multiple printers. The procedure for adding a printer is as follows: If your model has color LCD monitor 1. Check that an e-mail containing the URL has been sent to the registered e-mail address, and access the URL 2.

• Page 102
  2. Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen, and then select Log in 3. When printer addition complete message appears, select OK The printer addition process ends, and the main screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center appears. Note •…

• Page 103: Adding A Pixma/Maxify Cloud Link User

  Adding a PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link User Several people can use one printer. This section describes the user addition procedure and the user privileges. Adding a user 1. On the service screen, select Manage users from 2. Select Add user Note •…

• Page 104
  • The maximum number of users that can be added for 1 printer is 20. 3. Enter the e-mail address of the user to be added, and then select OK The URL for completing the registration is then sent to the entered e-mail address. Note •…
• Page 105
  6. Register a password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. On the My Account Registration screen, enter you desired password into Password and Password (Confirmation) and select Next. Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below.
• Page 106
  Important • The user name entry field has the following character restrictions: • The user name must be between 1 and 20 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!»#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 8. Specify the Time zone setting, and select Done Select your region on the list.
• Page 107
  • To send a notification e-mail is sent only to users without a Security code and to set Multiuser mode, select OK. • To set Multiuser mode without sending a notification e-mail, select Cancel. Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center…

• Page 108: Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

  If the information is still not updated, then check that the product is connected to the Internet. If you do not receive the registration e-mail You may have entered a different e-mail address during the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

• Page 109: If You Cannot Print

  To display printer information, go to the Online Manual home page, and see «Checking Printer Information» for your model. After resetting the printer, repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning. If you cannot print Check the following if you cannot print.

• Page 110
  Internet connection, and then re-submit the print job. Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything A third party may be able to illegally use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services. If your model has color LCD monitor On the printer’s Home screen, select Setup ->…

• Page 111: Print Easily From A Smartphone Or Tablet With Canon Print Inkjet/Selphy

  Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet/ SELPHY Use Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY to easily print photos saved on a smartphone or tablet wirelessly. You can also receive scanned data (PDForJPEG) directly on a smartphone or tablet without using a computer.

• Page 112: Printing With Windows Rt

  When the connection is complete, the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software, which allows you to specify detailed print settings, is downloaded automatically. By using Canon Inkjet Print Utility, you can check the Printer status and specify detailed print settings. (The available functions will differ depending on your usage environment and connection method.)

• Page 113: Checking Printer Information

  Checking Printer Information You can check the printer status and change the printer settings using the web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer. Note • You can use this function on the following OS and the web browser. • iOS device OS: iOS 6.1 or later Web browser: iOS standard Web browser (Mobile Safari) •…

• Page 114
  If you want to check the printer status and change the printer settings, proceed to the next step. If you do not, close the web browser. 3. Select Log on to check printer status and change printer settings. The Admin password authentication screen is displayed. Important •…
• Page 115
  Device settings This function allows you to change the printer settings such as the quiet setting, the energy saving settings, and the print settings. AirPrint settings This function allows you to specify the AirPrint settings, such as paper size and media type. Web service connection setup This function allows you to register to Google Cloud Print or IJ Cloud Printing Center, or delete a registration.

• Page 116: Handling Paper, Originals, Fine Cartridges, Etc

  Handling Paper, Originals, FINE Cartridges, etc. Loading Paper Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper Loading Envelopes Loading Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass Originals You Can Load How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover Replacing a FINE Cartridge Replacing a FINE Cartridge Checking Ink Status…

• Page 117: Loading Paper

  Loading Paper Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper Loading Envelopes…

• Page 118: Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper

  For details on the Canon genuine paper, see Media Types You Can Use. • You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour Paper SAT213. For the page size and paper weight you can use for this machine, see Media Types You Can Use.

• Page 119
  3. Use the right paper guide (C) to slide both paper guides all the way out. 4. Load the paper in the center of the front tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN. Push the paper stack all the way to the back of the front tray. Important •…
• Page 120
  Note • Do not overload paper by stacking until the top of the stack touches the paper guides. • Load small size paper, such as 4″ x 6″ (10 x 15 cm), by pushing it in all the way to the back of the front tray.
• Page 121
  Important • Be sure to open the paper output tray when printing. If not open, the machine cannot start printing. Note • When printing, select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation panel or printer driver.

• Page 122: Loading Envelopes

  Loading Envelopes You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10. The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope’s direction by specifying with the printer driver properly. Important • Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device is not supported.

• Page 123
  3. Use the right paper guide (C) to slide both paper guides all the way out. 4. Load the envelopes in the center of the front tray WITH THE ADDRESS SIDE FACING DOWN. The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the left side. D: Rear side E: Address side Push the envelopes all the way to the back of the front tray.
• Page 124
  Note • Do not overload envelopes by stacking until the top of the stack touches the paper guides. 6. Open the output tray extension. 7. Open the paper output tray (F) gently, then extend the paper output support (G). Important •…

• Page 125: Loading Originals

  Loading Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass Originals You Can Load How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover…

• Page 126: Loading Originals On The Platen Glass

  Loading Originals on the Platen Glass 1. Open the document cover. 2. Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass. Originals You Can Load Align the corner of the original with the alignment mark Important •…

• Page 127
  Important • After loading the original on the platen glass, be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or scan.

• Page 128: Originals You Can Load

  Originals You Can Load Item Details Types of originals — Text document, magazine, or newspaper — Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) Size (width x height) Max. 8.5 x 11.7 inches (216 x 297 mm) Note • When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen glass, you can load it by removing the document cover from the machine.

• Page 129: How To Detach / Attach The Document Cover

  How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover Detaching the document cover: Hold up the document cover vertically and then pull it up. Attaching the document cover: Fit both hinges (A) of the document cover into the holder (B) and insert both hinges of the document cover vertically as illustrated below.

• Page 130: Replacing A Fine Cartridge

  Replacing a FINE Cartridge Replacing a FINE Cartridge Checking Ink Status…

• Page 131: Replacing A Fine Cartridge

  Replacing a FINE Cartridge When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the ink lamps and the Alarm lamp will flash to inform you of the error. Count the number of flashes and take appropriate action. An Error Occurs Note • For precautionary notes on handling FINE cartridges, see Notes on FINE cartridges.

• Page 132
  it again. Trying to force open the head cover with your hand may cause the machine to malfunction. • Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the machine. • If the paper output cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the FINE cartridge holder moves to the far right and the Alarm lamp lights.
• Page 133
  Important • If you shake a FINE cartridge, ink may spill out and stain your hands and the surrounding area. Handle a FINE cartridge carefully. • Be careful not to stain your hands and the surrounding area with ink on the removed protective tape.
• Page 134
  7. Push up the ink cartridge lock lever to lock the FINE cartridge into place. The FINE cartridge is locked into place when the ink cartridge lock lever clicks. Important • Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly. • The machine cannot print unless both the color FINE cartridge and black FINE cartridge are installed.
• Page 135
  Note • If the Alarm lamp lights or flashes after the paper output cover is closed, take appropriate action. An Error Occurs • When you start printing after replacing the FINE cartridge, the machine starts cleaning the print head automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head.
• Page 136
  Note • If a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, you can print with either color or black FINE cartridge, in whichever ink remains, only for a while. However the print quality may be reduced compared to when printing with both cartridges. We recommend to use a new FINE cartridge in order to obtain optimum qualities.

• Page 137: Checking Ink Status

  Checking Ink Status Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel You can also check the ink status on the computer screen. Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer (Windows) Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer (Mac OS)

• Page 138: Checking The Ink Status With The Ink Lamps On The Operation Panel

  Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel Note • The ink level detector is mounted on the machine to detect the remaining ink level. The machine considers as ink is full when a new FINE cartridge is installed, and then starts to detect a remaining ink level.

• Page 139: Maintenance

  Maintenance If Printing Is Faint or Uneven Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows) Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Mac OS) Cleaning…

• Page 140: If Printing Is Faint Or Uneven

  If Printing Is Faint or Uneven Maintenance Procedure Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Cleaning the Print Head Deeply Aligning the Print Head…

• Page 141: Maintenance Procedure

  Maintenance Procedure If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below. Important • Do not rinse or wipe the FINE cartridge. This can cause trouble with the FINE cartridge. Note •…

• Page 142
  From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads (Windows) Cleaning the Print Heads (Mac OS) After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1 If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice: Clean the print head deeply.

• Page 143: Printing The Nozzle Check Pattern

  Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle. Note • If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low.

• Page 144: Examining The Nozzle Check Pattern

  Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary. 1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern A or horizontal white streaks in the pattern B. C: Number of sheets printed so far If there are missing lines in the pattern A: Cleaning the print head is required.

• Page 145: Cleaning The Print Head

  Cleaning the Print Head Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary. 1.

• Page 146: Cleaning The Print Head Deeply

  Cleaning the Print Head Deeply If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply. Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean the print head deeply only when necessary.

• Page 147: Aligning The Print Head

  Aligning the Print Head If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position. Note • If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly. Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low.

• Page 148
  • If the print head alignment sheet was not printed correctly, press the Stop button, then redo this procedure from the beginning. 5. Load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass. Load the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN and align the mark on the bottom right corner of the sheet with the alignment mark 6.

• Page 149: Performing Maintenance Functions From Your Computer (Windows)

  Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows) Cleaning the Print Heads Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically Aligning the Print Head Position Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning Inside the Printer…

• Page 150: Cleaning The Print Heads

  Cleaning the Print Heads The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle. Perform print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print, even though there is enough ink. The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows: Cleaning 1.

• Page 151
  2. Click Deep Cleaning on the Maintenance tab When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed. Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning. 3.

• Page 152: Cleaning The Paper Feed Rollers

  Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers Cleans the paper feed rollers. Perform feed roller cleaning when there are paper particles sticking to the paper feed rollers and paper is not fed properly. The procedure for performing the feed roller cleaning is as follows: Roller Cleaning 1.

• Page 153: Aligning The Print Head

  Aligning the Print Head When you perform head position adjustment, errors in the print head adjustment position are corrected and conditions such as color and line streaking are improved. If the print results appear uneven because of line shifts or other conditions, adjust the position of the print head.

• Page 154: Aligning The Print Head Position

  Aligning the Print Head Position Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines. This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment. The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows: Print Head Alignment 1.

• Page 155
  When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK. Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks. (A) Least noticeable vertical streaks (B) Most noticeable vertical streaks •…
• Page 156
  When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK. Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks. (A) Least noticeable vertical streaks (B) Most noticeable vertical streaks 11.
• Page 157
  When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK. Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes. (A) Least noticeable horizontal stripes (B) Most noticeable horizontal stripes Note •…

• Page 158: Aligning The Print Head Position Automatically

  Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines. This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment. Normally, the printer is set for automatic head alignment. If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head alignment.

• Page 159: Printing A Nozzle Check Pattern

  Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern. Print the pattern if printing becomes faint, or if a specific color fails to print. The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows: Nozzle Check 1.

• Page 160: Cleaning Inside The Printer

  Cleaning Inside the Printer Perform bottom plate cleaning before you execute duplex printing to prevent smudges on the back side of the paper. Also perform bottom plate cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print data appear on the printed page.

• Page 161: Cleaning

  Cleaning Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning)

• Page 162: Cleaning The Exterior Of The Machine

  Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently. Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning. Important • Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine. •…

• Page 163: Cleaning The Platen Glass And Document Cover

  Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Important • Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine. • Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface.

• Page 164: Cleaning The Paper Feed Roller

  Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly. In this case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only when necessary.

• Page 165: Cleaning The Inside Of The Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning)

  Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning) Remove stains from the inside of the machine. If the inside of the machine becomes dirty, printed paper may get dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly. You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper* * Be sure to use a new piece of paper.

• Page 166
  Note • When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper. If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the machine may be stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like. Important •…

• Page 167: Overview

  Overview Safety Safety Precautions Regulatory Information Main Components and Their Use Main Components Power Supply Changing Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows) Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS) Changing Settings from Operation Panel Initializing Machine Settings Disabling Wireless LAN Function Network Connection Network Connection Tips…

• Page 168
  Keeping Print Quality High Transporting Your Printer Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying Specifications…

• Page 169: Safety

  Safety Safety Precautions Regulatory Information…

• Page 170: Safety Precautions

  Safety Precautions Choosing a location • Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration. • Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty, in direct sunlight, outdoors, or close to a heating source.

• Page 171: Regulatory Information

  20cm between the radiator and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter. Canon U.S.A., Inc. One Canon Park Melville, New York 11747…

• Page 172: Users In Canada

  For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit www.canon- europe.com/weee.

• Page 173: Environmental Information

  Canon does not recommend extending the Activation Times from the optimum ones set as default. ®…

• Page 174: Main Components And Their Use

  Main Components and Their Use Main Components Power Supply…

• Page 175: Main Components

  Main Components Front View Rear View Inside View Operation Panel…

• Page 176: Front View

  Front View (1) paper output support Extend to support ejected paper. (2) paper output tray Printed paper is ejected. (3) paper output cover Open to replace the FINE cartridge or remove jammed paper inside the machine. (4) document cover Open to load an original on the platen glass. (5) paper guides Align with both sides of the paper stack.

• Page 177
  (10) operation panel Use to change the settings of the machine or to operate it. Operation Panel (11) platen glass Load an original here.

• Page 178: Rear View

  Rear View (1) transport unit Open when removing jammed paper. (2) power cord connector Plug in the supplied power cord. (3) USB port Plug in the USB cable to connect the machine with a computer. Important • Do not touch the metal casing. •…

• Page 179: Inside View

  Inside View (1) ink cartridge lock lever Locks the FINE cartridge into place. (2) FINE cartridge (ink cartridges) A replaceable cartridge that integrates print head and ink tank. (3) FINE cartridge holder Install the FINE cartridges here. The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be installed into the right slot.

• Page 180: Operation Panel

  Operation Panel * All lamps on the operation panel are shown lit in the figure below for explanatory purposes. (1) ON lamp Lights after flashing when the power is turned on. Note • You can check the status of the machine by the ON and Alarm lamps. •…

• Page 181
  (5) ink lamps Light or flash when ink runs out, etc. The left lamp indicates the color FINE cartridge status, the right lamp the black FINE cartridge status. (6) Paper button Selects the page size and media type. (7) Paper lamp Lights to indicate the page size and media type selected with the Paper button.

• Page 182: Power Supply

  Power Supply Confirming that the Power Is On Turning the Machine On and Off Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord…

• Page 183: Confirming That The Power Is On

  Confirming that the Power Is On The ON lamp is lit when the machine is turned on. Note • It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine.

• Page 184: Turning The Machine On And Off

  Turning the Machine On and Off Turning on the machine 1. Press the ON button to turn on the machine. The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit. Confirming that the Power Is On Note • It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine. •…

• Page 185
  Note • You can set the machine to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print jobs are sent to the machine for a certain interval. This feature is set to on by default. Managing the Printer Power (Windows) Managing the Printer Power (Mac OS)

• Page 186: Notice For The Power Plug/Power Cord

  Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything unusual described below. • The power plug/power cord is hot. • The power plug/power cord is rusty. •…

• Page 187: Notice For Unplugging The Power Cord

  Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below. Important • When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off. Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the print head and print quality may be reduced.

• Page 188: Changing Settings

  Changing Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows) Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS) Changing Settings from Operation Panel Initializing Machine Settings Disabling Wireless LAN Function…

• Page 189: Changing Printer Settings From Your Computer (Windows)

  Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows) Changing the Print Options Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode…

• Page 190: Changing The Print Options

  Changing the Print Options You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software. Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut off. The procedure for changing the print options is as follows: 1.

• Page 191: Registering A Frequently Used Printing Profile

  Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab. Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time. The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows: Registering a Printing Profile 1.

• Page 192
  Important • To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options…, and check each item. Note • When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings.

• Page 193: Setting The Ink Cartridge To Be Used

  Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate FINE cartridge among installed cartridges according to an intended use. When one of the FINE cartridges becomes empty and cannot be replaced immediately by a new one, you can specify the other FINE cartridge that still has ink and continue printing.

• Page 194: Managing The Printer Power

  Managing the Printer Power This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver. The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows: Power Off The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver.

• Page 195
  Note • When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto Power On setting. When the setting is Enable, «Printer is standing by» is displayed. When the setting is Disable,…

• Page 196: Reducing The Printer Noise

  Reducing the Printer Noise The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer. Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night, etc. Using this function may lower the print speed. The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows: Quiet Settings 1.

• Page 197
  Note • The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings.

• Page 198: Changing The Printer Operation Mode

  Changing the Printer Operation Mode If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation. The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows: Custom Settings 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Make sure that the printer is on, and then click Custom Settings on the Maintenance The Custom Settings dialog box opens.

• Page 199
  Detect the paper width when printing from computer When you print from the computer, this function identifies the paper that was loaded into this printer. When the paper width detected by the printer differs from the width of the paper specified in Page Size on the Page Setup tab, a message is displayed.

• Page 200: Changing Settings From Operation Panel

  Changing Settings from Operation Panel Quiet setting Turning on/off Machine Automatically…

• Page 201: Quiet Setting

  Quiet setting Enables this function on the machine if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night. Follow the procedure below to perform setting. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Press and hold Stop button and release it when Alarm lamp flashes 9 times. 3.

• Page 202: Turning On/Off Machine Automatically

  Turning on/off Machine Automatically You can enable the machine to turn on/off automatically considering the environment Turning on Machine Automatically Turning off Machine Automatically Turning on Machine Automatically You can enable the machine to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a computer or printing data is sent to the machine.

• Page 203: Initializing Machine Settings

  When using the machine over wireless LAN, note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine, and printing operation from a computer over network becomes impossible. To use the machine over network, set it up using the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website.

• Page 204: Disabling Wireless Lan Function

  Disabling Wireless LAN Function Follow the procedure below to disable the wireless LAN. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Press and hold Wi-Fi button and release it when ON lamp flashes. 3. Press Black button twice and press Wi-Fi button. When the ON lamp changed from flashing to lit and the Wi-Fi lamp goes off, the wireless LAN is disabled.

• Page 205: Network Connection

  Network Connection Network Connection Tips…

• Page 206: Network Connection Tips

  Network Connection Tips Default Network Settings Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen Another Printer Found with Same Name Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection Printing Network Settings…

• Page 207: Default Network Settings

  Enable/disable WSD (WSD settings) Enable Timeout setting (WSD settings) 1 minute Enable/disable Bonjour (Bonjour settings) Enable Service name (Bonjour settings) Canon MG3600 series LPR protocol setting Enable PictBridge communication Enable («XXXXXX» represents last six digits of machine’s MAC address.) Access Point Mode Defaults…

• Page 208: Another Printer Found With Same Name

  Another Printer Found with Same Name When the printer is found during setup, other printers with the same name may appear on the results screen. Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen. • For Windows: Check the printer’s MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.

• Page 209: Connecting To Another Computer Via Lan/Changing From Usb To Lan Connection

  For Windows: To add a computer to connect to the machine on a LAN or to change from USB to LAN connection, perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. For Mac OS: To connect an additional computer to the machine via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection,…

• Page 210: Printing Network Settings

  Printing Network Settings Use the operation panel to print the machine’s current network settings. Important • The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care. Make sure machine is turned on. Load two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper. 3.

• Page 211
  Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable IP Address *2 IP address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX Subnet Prefix Length *2 Subnet prefix length Default Gateway *2 Default gateway XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX IPsec *3 IPsec setting Active Security Protocol *3 Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH Access Point Mode Access point mode Enable/Disable…
• Page 212
  LPD Printing LPD printing setting Enable/Disable Bonjour Bonjour setting Enable/Disable Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name (Up to 52 alphanumeric characters) PictBridge Commun. PictBridge communication Enable/Disable DNS Server Obtain DNS server address Auto/Manual automatically Primary Server Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX Secondary Server Secondary server address…

• Page 213: Network Communication (Windows)

  Network Communication (Windows) Checking and Changing Network Settings IJ Network Tool (Network Connection) IJ Network Tool (Other Screens) Network Communication Tips…

• Page 214: Checking And Changing Network Settings

  Checking and Changing Network Settings IJ Network Tool Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet Changing WEP Detailed Settings Changing WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings Changing Settings in Wired LAN Sheet Changing Settings in Admin Password Sheet Monitoring Wireless Network Status Changing Settings in Direct Connection Initializing Network Settings Viewing Modified Settings…

• Page 215: Ij Network Tool

  • Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running. • If the firewall function of your security software is turned on, a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If the warning message appears, set the security software to always allow access.

• Page 216: Changing Settings In Wireless Lan Sheet

  Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings.

• Page 217
  Note • Enter the same SSID that the wireless router is configured to use. The SSID is case-sensitive. Encryption Method: Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN. You can change WEP settings with selecting Use WEP and clicking Configuration..Changing WEP Detailed Settings You can change WPA/WPA2 settings with selecting Use WPA/WPA2 and clicking Configuration..

• Page 218: Changing Wep Detailed Settings

  Changing WEP Detailed Settings Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings.

• Page 219
  2. Key Length: Select either 64bit or 128bit. 3. Key Format: Select either ASCII or Hex. 4. Key ID: Select the Key ID (index) set to the wireless router. 5. Authentication: Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer’s access to the wireless router. Normally, select Auto.

• Page 220: Changing Wpa/Wpa2 Detailed Settings

  Changing WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings.

• Page 221
  8. Enter passphrase and click Next>. Enter the passphrase set to the wireless router. The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal value. If you do not know the wireless router passphrase, refer to the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
• Page 222
  Important • If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched, make sure encryption types for the computer and the wireless router match that set to the printer. Note • Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer. In this case, reset Set as Default Printer.

• Page 223: Changing Settings In Wired Lan Sheet

  Changing Settings in Wired LAN Sheet Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. • Enable the wired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet. Start up IJ Network Tool. 2.

• Page 224: Changing Settings In Admin Password Sheet

  Changing Settings in Admin Password Sheet Note • You cannot change the settings when using the direct connection (access point mode). Start up IJ Network Tool. 2. Select printer in Printers:. 3. Select Configuration… on Settings menu. 4. Click Admin Password tab. The Admin Password sheet is displayed.

• Page 225: Monitoring Wireless Network Status

  Monitoring Wireless Network Status Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. • When using the machine over the wired LAN, you cannot monitor network status. Start up IJ Network Tool. 2. Select printer in Printers:. 3.

• Page 226
  6. Check status. When the measurement is complete, the status is displayed. When is displayed in Connection performance between the printer and the wireless router:, the printer can communicate with the wireless router. Otherwise, refer to displayed comments and the following to improve the status of communication link, and click Remeasurement.
• Page 227
  The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other sources of radio interference. Try to keep the printer and the wireless router away from such sources. • Check if the radio channel of the wireless router is close to that of other wireless routers nearby. If the radio channel of the wireless router is close to that of other wireless routers nearby, the connection performance may become unstable.

• Page 228: Changing Settings In Direct Connection

  Changing Settings in Direct Connection Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. • Depending on the printer you are using, «Direct connection» may be referred to as «Access point mode» in the manuals. •…

• Page 229
  Important • You cannot change the encryption method or password depending on the printer you are using. • If you cannot change the settings from the screen above, you can update the SSID (access point name) and password at the same time using the operation panel (You cannot change the encryption method.).

• Page 230: Initializing Network Settings

  CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to perform setup. Note • You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings. To change the network settings using Canon IJ Network Tool, enable wireless LAN in advance.

• Page 231: Viewing Modified Settings

  Viewing Modified Settings The Confirmation screen is displayed after you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen. When you click Yes on the Confirmation screen, the following screen is displayed for checking the modified settings.

• Page 232: Ij Network Tool (Network Connection)

  IJ Network Tool (Network Connection) Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Configuration Screen Wireless LAN Sheet Search Screen WEP Details Screen WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen PSK:Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Setup Information Confirmation Screen Wired LAN Sheet…

• Page 233: Canon Ij Network Tool Screen

  Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.

• Page 234
  Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers: on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information. Important • To change the printer’s network settings using IJ Network Tool, it must be connected via a LAN.
• Page 235
  • If the printer is being used from another computer, a screen is displayed informing you of this condition. Note • This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to check the network settings of the printer and the computer.
• Page 236
  This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer. Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it. Maintenance… Displays the Maintenance screen to return the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive.

• Page 237: Configuration Screen

  Configuration Screen You can change the configuration of the printer selected on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. Click the tab to select the sheet to change the settings. The following screen is the example to change the setting on the Wireless LAN sheet.

• Page 238: Wireless Lan Sheet

  Wireless LAN Sheet Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Allows you to set the printer with wireless LAN connection. To display the Wireless LAN sheet, click the Wireless LAN tab on the Configuration screen. 1.

• Page 239
  As the initial settings, the unique value is displayed. 3. Search… The Search screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect to. Search Screen Note • When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN, the button is grayed out and cannot be selected. Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings.

• Page 240: Search Screen

  Search Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. The wireless routers detected are listed. 1. Detected Wireless Routers: The signal strength from the wireless router, encryption type, name of wireless router, and the radio channel can be checked.

• Page 241
  3. Set Click to set the wireless router’s SSID in SSID: on the Wireless LAN sheet. Note • The WPA/WPA2 Details screen or the WEP Details screen appears if the selected wireless router is encrypted. In this case, configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the wireless router.

• Page 242: Wep Details Screen

  WEP Details Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Specifies the printer WEP settings. Note • When changing the password (WEP key) of the printer, the same change must be made to the password (WEP key) of the wireless router.

• Page 243: Wpa/Wpa2 Details Screen

  WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Specify the printer WPA/WPA2 settings. The value displayed on the screen differs depending on the present settings. 1. Authentication Type: Displays the type of authentication used for client authentication. This machine supports the PSK authentication method.

• Page 244: Authentication Type Confirmation Screen

  Authentication Type Confirmation Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed. 1. Authentication Type Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed. This machine supports the PSK authentication method. This authentication type PSK uses a passphrase.

• Page 245: Psk:passphrase And Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen

  PSK:Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Enter the passphrase and select the dynamic encryption method. 1. Passphrase: Enter the passphrase set to the wireless router. The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal value.

• Page 246: Setup Information Confirmation Screen

  Setup Information Confirmation Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Displays the settings used for client authentication. Check the settings and click Finish.

• Page 247: Wired Lan Sheet

  Wired LAN Sheet Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Allows you to set the printer with wired LAN connection. To display the Wired LAN sheet, click the Wired LAN tab on the Configuration screen. 1.

• Page 248: Admin Password Sheet

  Admin Password Sheet Sets a password for the printer to allow specific people to perform setup and configurations operation. To display the Admin Password sheet, click the Admin Password tab on the Configuration screen. 1. Use admin password Sets an administrator password with privileges to set up and change detailed options. To use this feature, select this check box and enter a password.

• Page 249: Network Information Screen

  Displays the network information that is set for the printers and the computers. To display the Network Information screen, select Network Information from the View menu. 1. OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. 2. Copy All Information All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard.

• Page 250: Access Control Sheet

  Access Control Sheet Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. You can register the MAC addresses or the IP addresses of computers or network devices to allow access. To display the Access Control sheet, click the Access Control tab on the Configuration screen. 1.

• Page 251
  1. Enable printer access control(MAC address) Select to enable access control to the printer by MAC address. Note • The two types of access control (i.e., by MAC address and by IP address) can be enabled at the same time. An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected, regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type:.
• Page 252
  1. Enable printer access control(IP address) Select to enable access control to the printer by IP address. Note • The two types of access control (i.e., by MAC address and by IP address) can be enabled at the same time. An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected, regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type:.
• Page 253
  5. Delete Deletes the selected IP address from the list.

• Page 254: Edit Accessible Mac Address Screen/Add Accessible Mac Address Screen

  Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen/Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible MAC Address Screen. 1. MAC Address: Enter the MAC address of a computer or a network device to allow access.

• Page 255: Edit Accessible Ip Address Screen/Add Accessible Ip Address Screen

  Edit Accessible IP Address Screen/Add Accessible IP Address Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible IP Address Screen. 1. Specification Method: Select either Single Address Specification or Range Specification to add the IP address(es).

• Page 256: Ij Network Tool (Other Screens)

  IJ Network Tool (Other Screens) Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Status Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Maintenance Screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Associate Port Screen Network Information Screen…

• Page 257: Canon Ij Network Tool Screen

  Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.

• Page 258
  Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers: on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information. Important • To change the printer’s network settings using IJ Network Tool, it must be connected via a LAN.
• Page 259
  • If the printer is being used from another computer, a screen is displayed informing you of this condition. Note • This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to check the network settings of the printer and the computer.
• Page 260
  This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer. Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it. Maintenance… Displays the Maintenance screen to return the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive.

• Page 261: Status Screen

  Status Screen You can check the printer status and connection performance. To display the Status screen, select Status from the View menu. Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. • When using wired LAN, Signal Strength:, Link Quality: and Advanced Measurement… are not available.

• Page 262: Connection Performance Measurement Screen

  Connection Performance Measurement Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Displays to execute the connection performance measurement. Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Initial Screen) Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Completion Screen) Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Initial Screen) Click Next>…

• Page 263
  1. Connection performance between the printer and the wireless router: A mark indicates the result of the connection performance measurement between the printer and the wireless router. : Good connection performance : Unstable connection performance : Cannot connect : Measurement is canceled, or cannot measure 2.

• Page 264: Maintenance Screen

  Click OK when initialization is complete. Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection, so use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to perform setup. 2. Network Setup of the Card Slot Note •…

• Page 265: Network Setup Of The Card Slot Screen

  Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. To make sure whether this function is available with your printer, refer to List of Function for Each Model. Displays settings of the card slot and allows you to map a card slot on the network as a network drive on the computer.

• Page 266
  1. Skip Completes the setup without mapping a network drive to the card slot. 2. Retry Returns to Network Setup of the Card Slot screen and re-executes the network drive mapping. 3. Cancel Cancels the card slot setup. When IJ Network Tool is running over LAN, the Cancel button is displayed grayed out and cannot be clicked.

• Page 267: Associate Port Screen

  Associate Port Screen Allows you to associate a created port with a printer driver. Select the printer for which you want to change the association and click OK. Note • You cannot print with the printer unless the printer driver is associated with the port. 1.

• Page 268: Network Information Screen

  Displays the network information that is set for the printers and the computers. To display the Network Information screen, select Network Information from the View menu. 1. OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. 2. Copy All Information All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard.

• Page 269: Network Communication Tips

  Network Communication Tips Using Card Slot over Network When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port Technical Terms Restrictions Firewall…

• Page 270: Using Card Slot Over Network

  Using Card Slot over Network Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. To make sure whether this function is available with your printer, refer to List of Function for Each Model. Mounting Card Slot as Network Drive Restrictions on Card Slot Use over Network Mounting Card Slot as Network Drive The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network.

• Page 271
  7. Make sure card slot is mounted. When the card slot is mounted, the following icon appears on Computer (or My Computer). Restrictions on Card Slot Use over Network • The card slot can be shared by multiple computers, if the machine is connected to a network. Multiple computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time.

• Page 272: When Printer Driver Is Not Associated With Port

  When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port If No Driver is displayed for the printer’s name on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen, the printer driver is not associated with a created port. To associate a port with a printer driver, follow the procedure below.

• Page 273: Technical Terms

  Technical Terms In this section, technical terms used in the manual are explained. • Access point mode The machine is used as a wireless router to connect external wireless communication devices (e.g. computers, smartphones, or tablets) in an environment where no wireless router is available. You can connect up to 5 devices to the machine using the access point mode (direct connection).

• Page 274
  When using WEP as an encryption method, the authentication method is able to fix to Open System or Shared Key. For WPA/WPA2, authentication method is PSK. ◦ Auto The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the wireless router. ◦…
• Page 275
  • Firewall It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network. To prevent, you can use the firewall function of a broadband router, the security software installed in the computer, or operation system for computer. • IEEE 802.11b International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 11 Mbps.
• Page 276
  ◦ Hex Specify a 10-digit or 26-digit string that can contain hexadecimal (0 to 9, A to F, and a to f). • Key Length Length of the WEP key. Select either 64 bits or 128 bits. Longer key length allows you to set a more complex WEP key.
• Page 277
  • Signal Strength The strength of the signal received by the printer from the wireless router is indicated with a value from 0 to 100%. • SSID Unique label for wireless LAN. It is often represented such as a network name or a wireless router name.
• Page 278
  • WEP/WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802.11. Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks. This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits, key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal, and key number of 1 to 4. •…
• Page 279
  PIN entry: a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices Push button configuration (PBC): an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push button in the software.

• Page 280: Restrictions

  Restrictions If you use a printer over the wireless LAN, the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems, you should set a network key (WEP or WPA/WPA2) to the wireless router to encrypt wireless transmission. Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi-Fi standard cannot be guaranteed. Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance, such as printing speed.

• Page 281: Firewall

  Firewall A firewall is a function of the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer, and is a system that is designed to prevent unauthorized access to a network. Precautions When Firewall Function is Enabled • A firewall function may limit communications between a printer and a computer. This may disable printer setup and communications.

• Page 282: Ensuring Optimal Printing Results

  Ensuring Optimal Printing Results Ink Tips Printing Tips Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Keeping Print Quality High Transporting Your Printer…

• Page 283: Ink Tips

  Ink Tips How is ink used for various purposes other than printing? Ink may be used for purposes other than printing. Ink is not only used for printing, but also for cleaning the print head to maintain the optimal printing quality. The machine has the function to automatically clean the ink jet nozzles to prevent clogging.

• Page 284: Printing Tips

  Printing Tips Check the machine status before printing! • Is the print head OK? If a print head nozzle is clogged, print will be faint and papers will be wasted. Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head. Maintenance Procedure •…

• Page 285: Be Sure To Make Paper Settings After Loading Paper

  Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper If the media type setting is not the one for the loaded paper, printing results may not be satisfactory. After loading paper, be sure to select the appropriate media type setting for the loaded paper. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory There are various types of paper: paper with special coating on the surface for printing photos with optimal quality and paper suitable for documents.

• Page 286: Canceling A Print Job

  Canceling a Print Job Never press the ON button! If you press the ON button while printing is in progress, the print data sent from the computer queues in the machine and you may not be able to continue to print. Press the Stop button to cancel printing.

• Page 287: Keeping Print Quality High

  Keeping Print Quality High The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging. Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality. Note • Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint- stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.

• Page 288: Transporting Your Printer

  Transporting Your Printer When relocating the machine for changing your living place or repairing it, make sure of the following. Important • Pack the machine in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport.

• Page 289: Legal Restrictions On Scanning/Copying

  Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying It may be unlawful to make copies of, scan, print, or use reproductions of the following documents. The list provided is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction. • Paper money •…

• Page 290: Specifications

  Approx. 449 (W) x 304 (D) x 152 (H) mm * With the Front Cover retracted. Weight Approx. 11.9 lb (Approx. 5.4 kg) * With the FINE Cartridges installed. Canon FINE Cartridge Total 1792 nozzles (BK 640 nozzles, C/M/Y each 384 nozzles)

• Page 291: Copy Specifications

  Copy Specifications Multiple copy max. 21 pages Reduction / Enlargement Fit-to-page Scan Specifications Scanner driver Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA Mac OS: ICA Maximum scanning size A4/Letter, 8.5″ x 11.7″/216 x 297 mm Scanning resolution Optical resolution (horizontal x vertical) max: 1200 x 2400 dpi *1 Interpolated resolution max: 19200 x 19200 dpi *2 *1 Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO 14473.

• Page 292
  The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice. Display XGA 1024 x 768 Other Supported OS Some functions may not be available with each OS. Refer to the Canon web site for details on operation with iOS, Android, and Windows RT. Mobile Printing Capability Apple AirPrint…

• Page 293: Information About Paper

  Information about Paper Media Types You Can Use Paper Load Limit Media Types You Cannot Use Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes Letter, Legal Envelopes…

• Page 294: Media Types You Can Use

  Canon genuine paper, access our website. Note • You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the country or region of purchase. Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number. Purchase paper by name.

• Page 295: Page Sizes

  • 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m ) (plain paper except for Canon genuine paper) Do not use heavier or lighter paper (except for Canon genuine paper), as it could jam in the machine. Notes on Storing Paper •…

• Page 296: Paper Load Limit

  • We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration (except for Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>, Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>, and High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>).

• Page 297
  Paper for printing business documents: Media Name <Model No.> Front Tray Paper Output Tray High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> 80 sheets 50 sheets *1 Proper feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions (either very high or low temperature or humidity).

• Page 298: Media Types You Cannot Use

  • Paper that is too thin (weighing less than 17 lb (64 g /m • Paper that is too thick (plain paper weighing more than 28 lb (105 g /m ), except for Canon genuine paper) • Plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing on paper smaller than A5) •…

• Page 299: Printing Area

  Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes Letter, Legal Envelopes…

• Page 300: Printing Area

  Recommended printing area : Canon recommends that you print within this area. Printable area : The area where it is possible to print. However, printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision.

• Page 301: Other Sizes Than Letter, Legal, Envelopes

  Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes Size Printable Area (width x height) 5.56 x 7.95 inches (141.2 x 202.0 mm) 8.00 x 11.38 inches (203.2 x 289.0 mm) 6.90 x 9.80 inches (175.2 x 249.0 mm) 4″ x 6″ (10 x 15 cm) 3.73 x 5.69 inches (94.8 x 144.4 mm) 5″…

• Page 302: Letter, Legal

  Letter, Legal Size Printable Area (width x height) Letter 8.00 x 10.69 inches (203.2 x 271.4 mm) Legal 8.00 x 13.69 inches (203.2 x 347.6 mm) Recommended printing area A: 1.28 inches (32.5 mm) B: 1.32 inches (33.5 mm) Printable area C: 0.12 inch (3.0 mm) D: 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) E: 0.25 inch (6.4 mm)

• Page 303: Envelopes

  Envelopes Size Recommended Printing Area (width x height) Envelope DL 3.88 x 7.20 inches (98.8 x 183.0 mm) Envelope Com 10 3.68 x 8.04 inches (93.5 x 204.3 mm) Recommended printing area A: 0.31 inch (8.0 mm) B: 1.14 inches (29.0 mm) C: 0.22 inch (5.6 mm) D: 0.22 inch (5.6 mm)

• Page 304: Administrator Password

  Administrator Password Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is specified at the time of purchase. The password is either «canon» or the printer serial number if it is specified. Model whose administrator password is specified as «canon»: •…

• Page 305: Authentication

  Authentication Enter the password when the authentication screen is displayed. Administrator Password You need to enter the user name as well as the password depending on the printer you are using. For more on the user name, see the link above. Important •…

• Page 306: Where Serial Number Is Located

  Where Serial Number Is Located The printer serial number is printed on the sticker attached on the printer. It consists of 9 alphanumeric characters (four alphabets followed by five numbers). Example: Note • The printer serial number is written on the warranty. •…

• Page 307: List Of Function For Each Model

  List of Function for Each Model See below to check the models you can/cannot use the card slot via a network. MG series MX series / MB series / E series / P series / iP series / iX series / iB series / PRO series MG series Model name Using the card slot via a network MG7700…

• Page 308: Printing

  Printing Printing from Computer Printing from Smartphone/Tablet Printing from Digital Camera…

• Page 309: Printing From Computer

  Printing from Computer Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver) Printing from Application Software (Mac OS Printer Driver) Printing Using Canon Application Software Printing Using a Web Service Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with Mac…

• Page 310: Printing From Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)

  Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver) Printing with Easy Setup Basic Various Printing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Overview of the Printer Driver Printer Driver Description Updating the MP Drivers…

• Page 311: Printing With Easy Setup

  Printing with Easy Setup This section describes the simple procedure for setting the Quick Setup tab so that you can carry out appropriate printing on this printer. Check that the printer is turned on Load paper on the printer 3. Open the printer driver setup window 4.

• Page 312
  Important • The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile. 6. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the document is printed with settings that match your purpose. Important • When you select the Always Print with Current Settings check box, all settings specified on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved, and you can print with the same settings from the next time as well.

• Page 313: Paper Settings On The Printer Driver

  Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Plain Paper Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing) Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>…

• Page 314: Various Printing Methods

  Various Printing Methods Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Setting the Stapling Margin Execute Borderless Printing Fit-to-Page Printing Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing Tiling/Poster Printing Booklet Printing Duplex Printing Stamp/Background Printing Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards…

• Page 315: Setting A Page Size And Orientation

  Setting a Page Size and Orientation The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software. When the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the application software, you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab.

• Page 316: Setting The Number Of Copies And Printing Order

  Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows: You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.

• Page 317
  • Print from Last Page: /Collate: 4. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order. Important • When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the settings on the printer driver.

• Page 318: Setting The Stapling Margin

  Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the staple side and the margin width is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Specify the side to be stapled Check the position of the stapling margin from Stapling Side on the Page Setup tab. The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best staple position.

• Page 319
  Note • The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin. 4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab. When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified staple side and margin width. Important •…

• Page 320: Execute Borderless Printing

  Execute Borderless Printing The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area. However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.

• Page 321
  Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing. 4. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider. Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to the left decreases the amount.
• Page 322
  Important • When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print, depending on the size of the paper. Note • When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the full size.

• Page 323: Fit-To-Page Printing

  Fit-to-Page Printing The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be used is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set fit-to-page printing Select Fit-to-Page from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab. 3.

• Page 324
  5. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size.

• Page 325: Scaled Printing

  Scaled Printing The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set scaled printing Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab. 3. Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.

• Page 326
  • Specify a scaling factor Directly type in a value into the Scaling box. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver. 5. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the document will be printed with the specified scale. Important •…
• Page 327
  Note • Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.

• Page 328: Page Layout Printing

  Page Layout Printing The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper. The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.

• Page 329
  Pages To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the number of pages from the list. Page Order To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list. Page Border To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.

• Page 330: Tiling/Poster Printing

  Tiling/Poster Printing The tiling/poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data, divide it into several pages, and print these pages on separate sheets of paper. You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like a poster. The procedure for performing tiling/poster printing is as follows: Setting Tiling/Poster Printing 1.

• Page 331
  If necessary, click Specify…, specify the following settings in the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box, and then click OK. Image Divisions Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal). As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster.
• Page 332
  Note • Click the deleted pages to display them again. • Right-click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages. 2. Complete the setup After completing the page selection, click OK. When you execute print, only specified pages will be printed. Important •…

• Page 333: Booklet Printing

  Booklet Printing The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order, when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.

• Page 334
  Margin for stapling Select which side should the stapling margin be on when the booklet is completed. Insert blank page To leave one side of a sheet blank, check the check box, and select the page to be left blank. Margin Enter the margin width.

• Page 335: Duplex Printing

  Duplex Printing The procedure for printing data on both sides of a sheet of paper is as follows: You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab. Performing Automatic Duplex Printing You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper. 1.

• Page 336
  Use normal-size printing Print without reducing the page. Use reduced printing Reduce the page slightly during printing. 5. Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To change the setting, select another stapling side from the list. 6.
• Page 337
  3. Select the layout Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list. 4. Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To change the setting, select another stapling side from the list. 5.
• Page 338
  Note • If the back side of the paper becomes smudged during duplex printing, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning in the Maintenance tab. Related Topics Cleaning Inside the Printer Changing the Printer Operation Mode…

• Page 339: Stamp/Background Printing

  Stamp/Background Printing Stamp or Background may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used. The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data.

• Page 340
  3. Select a stamp Check the Stamp check box, and select the stamp to be used from the list. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab. 4. Set the stamp details If necessary, specify the following settings, and then click OK.
• Page 341
  Select Background… button use another background or change the layout or density of a background, click this. Background first page only To print the background only on the first page, check this check box. 5. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab. When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified background.

• Page 342: Registering A Stamp

  Registering a Stamp This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used. You can create and register a new stamp. You can also change and re-register some of the settings of an existing stamp. Unnecessary stamps can be deleted at any time. The procedure for registering a new stamp is as follows: Registering a New Stamp 1.

• Page 343
  4. Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window • Stamp tab Select Text, Bitmap, or Date/Time/User Name that matches your purpose for Stamp Type. ◦ For Text registration, the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline settings.
• Page 344
  6. Complete the setup Click OK. The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens again. The registered title appears in the Stamp list. Changing and Registering Some of Stamp Settings 1. Select the stamp for which the settings are to be changed Select the Stamp check box in the Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box.

• Page 345: Registering Image Data To Be Used As A Background

  Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used. You can select a bitmap file (.bmp) and register it as a new background. You can also change and register some of the settings of an existing background.

• Page 346
  4. Select the image data to be registered to the background Click Select File..Select the target bitmap file (.bmp), and then click Open. 5. Specify the following settings while viewing the preview window Layout Method Select how the background image data is to be placed. When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
• Page 347
  3. Specify each item on the Background tab while viewing the preview window 4. Save the background Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab. When you want to save the background with a different title, enter a new title in the Title box and click Save. Click OK when the confirmation message appears.

• Page 348: Setting Up Envelope Printing

  Setting Up Envelope Printing The procedure for performing envelope printing is as follows: Load envelope on the printer 2. Open the printer driver setup window 3. Select the media type Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab. 4.

• Page 349
  To hide the guide messages, check the Do not show this message again check box. To show the guide again, click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab, and start the Canon IJ Status Monitor. Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting.

• Page 350: Printing On Postcards

  Printing on Postcards This section describes the procedure for postcard printing. Load postcard on the printer 2. Open the printer driver setup window 3. Select commonly used settings Display the Quick Setup tab, and for Commonly Used Settings, select Standard. 4.

• Page 351
  Canon IJ Status Monitor. On the Option menu, choose Display Guide Message and click Hagaki Printing to enable the setting. • When printing on media other than postcards, load the media according to usage method of that media, and click Start Printing.

• Page 352: Displaying The Print Results Before Printing

  Displaying the Print Results before Printing If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace «Canon IJ Preview» with «Canon IJ XPS Preview» when reading this information. You can display and check the print result before printing. The procedure for displaying the print result before printing is as follows: You can also set the print results display on the Quick Setup tab.

• Page 353: Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)

  Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size) You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Page Size. Such a paper size is called «custom size.» The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows: You can also set a custom size in Printer Paper Size on the Quick Setup tab.

• Page 354
  Important • If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width values, use the application software to set the values. If the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly, perform the above procedure from the printer driver to set the values.

• Page 355: Editing The Print Document Or Reprinting From The Print History

  Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History This function is unavailable when the standard IJ printer driver is used. In the Canon IJ XPS preview window, you can edit the print document or retrieve the document print history to print the document.

• Page 356
  Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab. 3. Complete the setup Click OK. The Canon IJ XPS Preview will start and the print result will be displayed before printing. 4. Editing print documents and print pages • Combining print documents You can combine multiple print documents to form a single document.
• Page 357
  Check the preview before printing. • Depending on the print settings of the print document, some functions may not be available in the Canon IJ XPS preview. Note • You can rename Document Name to any name.

• Page 358: Changing The Print Quality And Correcting Image Data

  Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity…

• Page 359: Setting The Print Quality Level (Custom)

  Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) The print quality level can be set in the Custom. The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Select the print quality On the Main tab, select Custom for Print Quality, and click Set..The Custom dialog box opens.

• Page 360
  Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast…

• Page 361: Printing A Color Document In Monochrome

  Printing a Color Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows: You can also set a grayscale printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.

• Page 362: Specifying Color Correction

  Specifying Color Correction You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed. Normally, when data is printed, the printer driver automatically adjusts the colors. When you want to print by using the color space (sRGB) of the image data effectively, select ICM (ICC Profile Matching).

• Page 363
  Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer. ICM (ICC Profile Matching) Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing. Specify the input profile to be used.

• Page 364: Optimal Photo Printing Of Image Data

  Describes the procedure for printing sRGB data by using the color correction function of the printer driver. • To print using Canon Digital Photo Color The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer, reproducing colors of the original image data and producing three-dimensional effects and high, sharp contrasts.

• Page 365: Adjusting Colors With The Printer Driver

  You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color. When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them, use a printing ICC profile in the application software, and select settings for color management.

• Page 366
  Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast…

• Page 367: Printing With Icc Profiles

  Specify an ICC Profile from the Application Software and Print the Data When you print the editing and touch-up results of Adobe Photoshop, Canon Digital Photo Professional, or any application software that allows you to specify input and printing ICC profiles, you print by effectively using the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data.

• Page 368
  5. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data. Specify an ICC Profile with the Printer Driver, and then Print Print from an application software that cannot identify input ICC profiles or does allow you to specify one by using the color space of the input ICC profile (sRGB) found in the data.
• Page 369
  Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data. Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast…

• Page 370: Adjusting Color Balance

  Adjusting Color Balance You can adjust the color tints when printing. Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color, it changes the total color balance of the document. Use the application software when you want to change the color balance significantly.

• Page 371
  There are individual sliders for Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Each color becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right, and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left. For example, when cyan becomes weaker, the color red becomes stronger. You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider.

• Page 372: Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)

  Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the color balance. When you change the color balance or intensity/contrast of a document, the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list, together with the adjustment values.

• Page 373
  4. Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens, set the following items, and then click OK. Parameters to Adjust Select Cyan/Magenta/Yellow. Important • When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable. Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing.
• Page 374
  Note • Large is about double the size of Medium, and Small is about half the size of Medium. 5. Checking the print results of pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab, select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box. On the Main tab, select OK, and then execute printing.
• Page 375
  Note • You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features. 7. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. Then when you execute printing, the document is printed with the color balance that was adjusted by the pattern print function.

• Page 376: Adjusting Brightness

  Adjusting Brightness You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing. This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate colors. The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed. Light is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected…

• Page 377
  4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the data is printed at the specified brightness. Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast…

• Page 378: Adjusting Intensity

  Adjusting Intensity You can dilute (brighten) or intensify (darken) the colors of the overall image data during printing. The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense when the image data is printed. No adjustment Higher intensity The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows:…

• Page 379
  4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity. Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)

• Page 380: Adjusting Contrast

  Adjusting Contrast You can adjust the image contrast during printing. To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct, increase the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.

• Page 381
  After adjusting each color, click OK. 4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the image is printed with the adjusted contrast. Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity…

• Page 382: Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)

  Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the intensity/contrast. When you change the color balance or intensity/contrast of a document, the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list, together with the adjustment values. Described below is the procedure for adjusting the intensity/contrast while looking at the pattern.

• Page 383
  4. Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens, set the following items, and then click OK. Parameters to Adjust Select Intensity/Contrast. Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing. Note • Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be sizes that cannot be selected.
• Page 384
  On the Color Adjustment tab, select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box. On the Main tab, select OK, and then execute printing. The printer then prints a pattern in which the intensity/contrast that you set is the center value. 6.
• Page 385
  Note • You can also set intensity/contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features. 7. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. Then when you execute printing, the document is printed with the intensity/contrast that was adjusted by the pattern print function.

• Page 386: Overview Of The Printer Driver

  Overview of the Printer Driver Canon IJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Canon IJ Status Monitor Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Canon IJ Preview Deleting the Undesired Print Job Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)

• Page 387: Canon Ij Printer Driver

  Canon IJ Printer Driver The Canon IJ printer driver (called printer driver below) is a software that is installed on your computer for printing data with this printer. The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.

• Page 388: How To Open The Printer Driver Setup Window

  How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software in use or from the printer icon. Open the Printer Driver Setup Window through the Application Software Follow the procedure below to configure printing profile when printing. 1.

• Page 389: Canon Ij Status Monitor

  Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the printer and the progress of printing. You will know the status of the printer with graphics, icons, and messages. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer.

• Page 390: Checking The Ink Status From Your Computer

  Ink Details dialog box. In such cases, take the appropriate action as described on the screen. Note • You can also display the Ink Details dialog box by selecting the ink icon on the Canon IJ Status Monitor.

• Page 391: Canon Ij Preview

  Canon IJ Preview The Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed. The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages.

• Page 392: Deleting The Undesired Print Job

  Deleting the Undesired Print Job If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace «Canon IJ Status Monitor» with «Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor» when reading this information. If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.

• Page 393: Instructions For Use (Printer Driver)

  • Disable ICM required from the application software cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used. • Do not start up the Canon IJ Network Tool while printing. • Do not print when the Canon IJ Network Tool is running.

• Page 394
  3. Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window. 4. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box. 5. Open Word’s Print dialog box again. 6. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK. 7.

• Page 395: Printer Driver Description

  Printer Driver Description Quick Setup tab Description Main tab Description Page Setup tab Description Maintenance tab Description Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ Status Monitor Description…

• Page 396: Quick Setup Tab Description

  Quick Setup tab Description The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered setting, the printer automatically switches to the preset items. Commonly Used Settings The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.

• Page 397
  Check this check box to display a preview before printing. Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview. Important • To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer. Additional Features Displays the frequently used, convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
• Page 398
  4-on-1 Printing Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper. To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout, and click Specify..Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page Order.
• Page 399
  Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction. You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
• Page 400
  Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab. Name Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
• Page 401
  Related Topics Printing with Easy Setup Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Execute Borderless Printing Duplex Printing Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size) Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance…

• Page 402: Main Tab Description

  Main tab Description The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. Unless special printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab. Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.

• Page 403
  Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data. Check this check box to display a preview before printing. Important • To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer. Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.

• Page 404: Color Adjustment Tab

  Color Adjustment Tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast options. Preview Shows the effect of color adjustment. The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted. You can check the color adjustment status easily by changing the preview image to one similar to the results to be printed with Sample Type.

• Page 405
  Print a pattern for color adjustment When the color balance or intensity/contrast is changed, the pattern printing function prints a list of the adjustment results along with the adjustment values. Select this function when printing a pattern for color adjustment. Pattern Print preferences…
• Page 406
  • When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable. Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer. ICM (ICC Profile Matching) Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
• Page 407
  Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Displaying the Print Results before Printing…

• Page 408: Page Setup Tab Description

  Page Setup tab Description The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the document has a similar function, set them with the application.

• Page 409
  Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction. The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally. Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
• Page 410
  Tiling/Poster This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter, such as a poster. Specify… Opens the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
• Page 411
  Collate Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies. Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped together. Important •…
• Page 412
  Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page. Check this check box to print the page border line. Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
• Page 413
  Insert blank page Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet. Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left blank from the list. Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
• Page 414
  Note • Disable ICM required from the application software tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver. Disable the color profile setting of the application software Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application software.
• Page 415
  Note • Scale images using nearest-neighbor interpolation can be used only with the XPS printer driver. Prevention of Print Data Loss You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print the data.

• Page 416: Stamp Tab

  Print semitransparent stamp Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document. Check the Stamp check box to enable this. Check this check box to print a semi-transparent stamp over the printed document page. Uncheck this check box to print the stamp over the document data. The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp.

• Page 417
  TrueType Font Selects the font for the stamp text string. Style Selects the font style for the stamp text string. Size Selects the font size for the stamp text string. Outline Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string. If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.
• Page 418
  Note • Orientation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab. Note • Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the orientation to 0. Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp. Title Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
• Page 419
  Note • Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not be available. • Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the Intensity slider to the middle.

• Page 420: Maintenance Tab Description

  Maintenance tab Description The Maintenance tab allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer. Cleaning Performs print head cleaning. Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles. Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint, or a specific color fails to print, even though all ink levels are sufficiently high.

• Page 421
  Align the print head immediately after installing the print head. When you click Print Head Alignment, the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box is displayed. Nozzle Check Prints a nozzle check pattern. Perform this function if printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print. Print a nozzle check pattern, and check whether the print head is working properly.
• Page 422
  If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer. View Print History This function starts the Canon IJ XPS preview, and displays the print history. Note • You can use this function only with the XPS printer driver.

• Page 423: Initial Check Items

  Note • If you are using the XPS printer driver, the «Canon IJ Status Monitor» becomes the «Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor». About Opens the About dialog box. The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.

• Page 424
  Initial Check Items Before running Nozzle Check, check that the printer power is on, and open the cover of the printer. Check the following items for each ink. • Check the amount of ink remaining in the cartridge. • Make sure that you push in the ink cartridge completely until you hear a clicking sound. •…
• Page 425
  Quiet Settings dialog box When you click Quiet Settings, the Quiet Settings dialog box is displayed. Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer. Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night, etc. Using this function may lower the print speed.
• Page 426
  Detect the paper width when printing from computer When you print from the computer, this function identifies the paper that was loaded into this printer. When the paper width detected by the printer differs from the width of the paper specified in Page Size on the Page Setup tab, a message is displayed.

• Page 427: Canon Ij Preview Description

  Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed. The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages.

• Page 428
  This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings. Help Menu When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ Preview is displayed, and you can check the version and copyright information.
• Page 429
  Start Printing button Prints the documents selected in the document list. The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes. Cancel Printing button Ends the Canon IJ Preview, and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen.

• Page 430: Canon Ij Xps Preview Description

  Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed. The preview reflects the information which is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages.

• Page 431
  Adds the document saved in the print history to the document list. Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview. The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list. This command has the same function as the Exit in the print settings area.
• Page 432
  Delete Document Deletes the selected document from the document list. If the document list contains only one document, the document is grayed out and cannot be selected. This command has the same function as the (Delete Document) on the toolbar. Grayscale Printing Allows you to change the monochrome print settings.
• Page 433
  Move to Last Moves the currently selected page to the end of the document. If the currently selected page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected. View Menu Selects the documents and pages to be displayed. Documents Use the following command to select the document to display.
• Page 434
  Select Page Information, Layout, or Manual Color Adjustment. Help Menu When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ XPS Preview is displayed, and you can check the version and copyright information. (Print) Prints the documents selected in the document list.
• Page 435
  If the document list contains only one document, the document is grayed out and cannot be selected. (Reset Documents) Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview.
• Page 436
  Pages Displays the number of pages in the print document. Important • The number displayed in Pages and the output page count are different. • To check the output page count, check the status bar at the bottom of the preview window. Status Displays the status of the print documents.
• Page 437
  The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list. Print Prints the documents selected in the document list. The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes.

• Page 438: Canon Ij Status Monitor Description

  Icons and messages are displayed when ink is running low (ink level warning). Canon IJ Status Monitor Overview Canon IJ Status Monitor allows you to check the status of the printer and ink with graphics and messages. You can check the information on the printing document and the printing progress during printing.

• Page 439
  Once the print data has been sent, the button is grayed out and becomes unavailable. Option Menu If you select Enable Status Monitor, when a printer related message is generated the Canon IJ Status Monitor starts. When Enable Status Monitor is selected, following commands are available.
• Page 440
  Closes the Ink Details dialog box to return to Canon IJ Status Monitor. Help Menu When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ Status Monitor is displayed, and you can check the version and copyright information.

• Page 441: Updating The Mp Drivers

  Updating the MP Drivers Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Before Installing the MP Drivers Installing the MP Drivers…

• Page 442: Obtaining The Latest Mp Drivers

  Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers The MP Drivers include a printer driver and ScanGear (scanner driver). By updating the MP Drivers to the latest version of the MP Drivers, unresolved problems may be solved. You can access our website and download the latest MP Drivers for your model. Important •…

• Page 443: Deleting The Unnecessary Mp Drivers

  Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers The MP Drivers which you no longer use can be deleted. When deleting the MP Drivers, first exit all programs that are running. The procedure to delete the unnecessary MP Drivers is as follows: 1. Start the uninstaller •…

• Page 444: Before Installing The Mp Drivers

  Before Installing the MP Drivers This section describes the items that you should check before installing the MP Drivers. You should also refer to this section if the MP Drivers cannot be installed. Checking the Printer Status • Turn off the printer. Checking the Personal Computer Settings •…

• Page 445: Installing The Mp Drivers

  Installing the MP Drivers You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers and XPS printer driver for your model. The procedure for installing the downloaded MP Drivers is as follows: 1. Turn off the printer 2.

• Page 446: Printing Using Canon Application Software

  Printing Using Canon Application Software My Image Garden Guide Easy-PhotoPrint+ Guide…

• Page 447: My Image Garden Guide

  Latest Version My Image Garden V3.2.x It is recommended that you use the latest version of the application. Access the Canon website and download the latest application. How to Check the Version Earlier Versions Select the version of your My Image Garden.

• Page 448: Printing Using A Web Service

  Printing Using a Web Service Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print…

• Page 449
  Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • Print images from a photo-sharing service •…

• Page 450: Printing With Google Cloud Print

  Printing with Google Cloud Print The machine is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc.). By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print. Sending Print Data and Printing via Internet Once you register the machine to Google Cloud Print, you can print from applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print without internet connection.

• Page 451
  LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to delete the machine from Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply.

• Page 452: Getting Google Account

  Getting Google Account To print with Google Cloud Print, you need to get Google account and register the machine with Google Cloud Print in advance. Note • If you already have Google account, register the machine to Google Cloud Print. Registering Machine with Google Cloud Print Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and register the required information.

• Page 453: Registering Machine With Google Cloud Print

  (Chrome menu). 5. Select Show advanced settings… to display information. 6. Select Manage for Google Cloud Print. 7. When Canon MG3600 series and Add printers button are displayed, select Add printers. 8. When confirmation message for registering machine appears, select OK.

• Page 454
  3. Select Web service connection setup -> Google Cloud Print setup -> Register with Google Cloud Print. Note • If you have already registered the machine with Google Cloud Print, the confirmation message to re-register the machine is displayed. 4. When confirmation screen to register machine is displayed, select Yes. 5.

• Page 455: Printing From Computer Or Smartphone With Google Cloud Print

  Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print When you send print data with Google Cloud Print, the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically. When printing from a smartphone, tablet, computer, or other external device by using Google Cloud Print, load paper into the machine in advance.

• Page 456
  5. Select Print… from (Chrome menu). 6. Select Change… next Destination. 7. Select Canon MG3600 series in Google Cloud Print. 8. Select Print. When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete, the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically.
• Page 457
  2. Start Google Chrome browser on your computer. 3. Select Sign in to Chrome… from (Chrome menu). 4. Log in to your Google account. 5. Select Print… from (Chrome menu). 6. Select Change… next Destination. 7. Select Canon MG3600 series in Local Destinations.
• Page 458
  8. Select Print. When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete, the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically.

• Page 459: Deleting Machine From Google Cloud Print

  (Chrome menu). 5. Select Show advanced settings… to display information. 6. Select Manage for Google Cloud Print. 7. Select Manage next Canon MG3600 series on device list. 8. Select Delete. 9. When confirmation message for deleting machine appears, select OK.

• Page 460: Printing From An Airprint-Enabled Printer With Mac

  Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with Mac Using AirPrint to print from your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. AirPrint enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install drivers, or download apps or software. Note •…

• Page 461
  Note • If the machine’s Auto Power On function is enabled, the machine is turned on automatically when it receives the print data. Load paper. 3. Perform printing on your application software. Print dialog appears. 4. Select your model name added as AirPrint printer from the Printer list in the Print Dialog. 5.

• Page 462: Printing From Smartphone/Tablet

  Printing from Smartphone/Tablet Printing Directly from Smartphone/Tablet Printing Using a Web Service…

• Page 463: Printing Directly From Smartphone/Tablet

  Printing Directly from Smartphone/Tablet Android Print Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with iOS Device Using Machine with Access Point Mode…

• Page 464: Android Print

  Use the Canon printing plug-in Canon Print Service is a printing plug-in for Android 4.4.2 or later, and is available for free on Google Play. Installing and activating the plug-in enables your Android smartphone or tablet to print to a Canon printer over a wireless LAN.

• Page 465: Printing From An Airprint-Enabled Printer With Ios Device

  Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with iOS Device Using AirPrint to print from your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. AirPrint enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install drivers, or download apps or software. Note •…

• Page 466
  3. Tap operation icon to display menu options from applications of your iOS device. The figure below is an example of when printing from the iPad web browser. The screen differs depending on the devices or applications. 4. Tap Print from menu options. 5.

• Page 467: Paper Size

  Note • Printer Options differ depending on the application that you are using. 6. When printing file type that has multiple pages, such as PDF file, tap Range and tap All Pages or select range of pages to be printed. 7.

• Page 468
  Deleting Print Job To delete a print job with AirPrint, use one of the following two methods: • From machine: Use Stop button to cancel the print job. • From iOS device: Press the Home button on the iOS device twice to set the Multitasking mode and swipe to the right.

• Page 469: Using Machine With Access Point Mode

  Using Machine with Access Point Mode Access point mode allows you to print or scan by connecting the machine to a device such as a computer, smartphone, or tablet via wireless connection in an environment where a wireless router is not available. In addition, you can connect the machine to a device without a wireless router even where it is available.

• Page 470
  Enable «Wi-Fi» on your device’s «Setting» menu. For more on turning on wireless communication, see your device’s instruction manual. 2. Select «XXXXXX-MG3600 series» («XXXXXX» represents last six digits of machine’s MAC address.) from list displayed on device. 3. Enter password.
• Page 471
  * «XXXXXX» represents last six digits of machine’s MAC address. Security setting WPA2-PSK (AES) Password machine serial number The machine serial number is printed on the sticker attached on the rear of the machine. It consists of 9 alphanumeric characters (four alphabets followed by five numbers). Note •…

• Page 472: Printing Using A Web Service

  Printing Using a Web Service Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print…

• Page 473
  Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • Print images from a photo-sharing service •…
• Page 474
  Printing with Google Cloud Print The machine is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc.). By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print. Sending Print Data and Printing via Internet Once you register the machine to Google Cloud Print, you can print from applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print without internet connection.
• Page 475
  LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to delete the machine from Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply.

• Page 476: Printing From Digital Camera

  Printing from Digital Camera Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Print Settings…

• Page 477: Printing Photographs Directly From Pictbridge (Wireless Lan) Compliant Device

  Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device You can connect a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device such as a digital camera, camcorder, or mobile phone to the machine through wireless LAN, and print recorded images directly without using a computer.

• Page 478
  You can perform settings using the menu on the LCD of your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device. Select the size and type of paper that you loaded in the machine. Settings on PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device 5. Start printing from your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

• Page 479: Pictbridge (Wireless Lan) Print Settings

  PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, refer to the instructions given in the device’s instruction manual. Note • In the following description, names of setting items are given according to those used in Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices. Setting item names may be different depending on the brand or model of your device.

• Page 480
  (1-up). (May not be available with some Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices.) *3 Printed in 35 mm Film Style Layout (Contact Printing Layout). Available only with a Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device. (May not be available with some Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices.)

• Page 481: Copying

  Copying Making Copies on Plain Paper Basics Copying on Photo Paper Switching Page Size between A4 and Copying from Smartphone/Tablet Letter…

• Page 482: Making Copies On Plain Paper

  Making Copies on Plain Paper Load the original on the platen glass to copy on A4 sized plain paper. Make sure machine is turned on. Load A4 or Letter-sized plain paper. Load original on platen glass. 4. Press Paper button to light upper Paper lamp. Note •…

• Page 483
  You can set the print quality to «Draft» (speed priority) following the procedure below. 1. Press and hold down Color or Black button for 2 or more seconds in step 5. The ON lamp flashes once. 2. Release button. The machine starts copying. When the print quality is set to «Draft», print speed is given priority over quality.

• Page 484: Copying On Photo Paper

  Copying on Photo Paper You can copy the loaded original on 10 x 15 cm or 4″ x 6″ photo paper without borders. The original is enlarged or reduced automatically to fit the paper size. Make sure machine is turned on. Load 10 x 15 cm or 4″…

• Page 485: Switching Page Size Between A4 And Letter

  Switching Page Size between A4 and Letter You can switch the size of paper loaded in the front tray between A4 and Letter. This setting is useful if you usually load Letter-sized paper in the front tray. Make sure machine is turned on. 2.

• Page 486: Copying From Smartphone/Tablet

  Copying from Smartphone/Tablet By installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY on your smartphone or tablet, you can copy an original by checking the settings on your smartphone/tablet. Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play. Make sure machine is turned on.

• Page 487: Scanning

  Scanning Scanning from Computer (Windows) Scanning from Computer (Mac OS) Scanning Using Smartphone/Tablet…

• Page 488: Scanning From Computer (Windows)

  Scanning from Computer (Windows) Using IJ Scan Utility Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear) Other Scanning Methods IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen Scanning Tips Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Network Scan Settings…

• Page 489: Using Ij Scan Utility

  Using IJ Scan Utility What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)? Starting IJ Scan Utility Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Basics Scanning Documents Scanning Photos Scanning with Favorite Settings Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch) Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time Saving after Checking Scan Results Sending Scanned Images via E-mail…

• Page 490: What Is Ij Scan Utility (Scanner Software)

  What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)? IJ Scan Utility is an application that allows you to easily scan documents, photos, etc. You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.

• Page 491
  Important • Some functions are available only when My Image Garden is installed. Note • Refer to «Settings Dialog Box» for how to set the applications to integrate with.

• Page 492: Starting Ij Scan Utility

  If IJ Scan Utility is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search for «IJ Scan Utility». Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP: From the Start menu, select All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Scan Utility > IJ Scan Utility to start IJ Scan Utility.

• Page 493: Easy Scanning With Auto Scan

  Easy Scanning with Auto Scan You can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type. Important • The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again. •…

• Page 494: Scanning Documents

  Scanning Documents You can scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents. 1. Place the item on the platen. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Start IJ Scan Utility. 3. Click Settings…, then set the paper size, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box as required.

• Page 495: Scanning Photos

  Scanning Photos You can scan photos placed on the platen with settings suitable for photos. 1. Place the photo on the platen. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Start IJ Scan Utility. 3. Click Settings…, then set the paper size, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog box as required.

• Page 496: Scanning With Favorite Settings

  Scanning with Favorite Settings You can scan items placed on the platen with your favorite settings saved beforehand. This is convenient for saving frequently used settings or when specifying scan settings in detail. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings…, then set the item type, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box as required.

• Page 497: Scanning Originals Larger Than The Platen (Image Stitch)

  Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch) You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image. Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported. Note •…

• Page 498
  6. Place the item that is to be displayed on the left side of the screen face-down on the platen. 7. Click Start Scanning Image 1. The first item is scanned and appears in 1. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. 8.
• Page 499
  9. Click Start Scanning Image 2. The second item is scanned and appears in 2. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. 10. Adjust the scanned images as required. Use the Toolbar to rotate or zoom in/out, or drag the images to adjust their positions. Note •…
• Page 500
  Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window • To scan an item again, select the image in the Preview area or the thumbnail at the top of the screen, then click (Delete). The selected image is deleted, allowing you to scan the item again.

• Page 501: Adjusting Cropping Frames In The Image Stitch Window

  Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window «Cropping» is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it. In the Image Stitch window, you can specify a cropping frame on the image displayed in the Preview area. Note •…

• Page 502: Scanning Multiple Originals At One Time

  Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time You can scan two or more photos (small items) placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually. Important • The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again.

• Page 503
  5. Select Select Source according to the items to be scanned. 6. Select Auto scan for Paper Size, then click OK.
• Page 504
  The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears. Note • Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box. Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box 7.

• Page 505: Saving After Checking Scan Results

  Saving after Checking Scan Results You can check the scan results, then save the images to a computer. Important • You cannot check the scan results before saving when scanned using Auto scan. Note • The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions. Start IJ Scan Utility.

• Page 506
  The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears. Note • Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box. Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box 5.
• Page 507
  Note • The default save folders are as follows. • Windows 8.1: Documents folder • Windows 8: My Documents folder • Windows 7: My Documents folder • Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows XP: My Documents folder 7. Click OK. Scanned images are saved according to the settings.

• Page 508: Sending Scanned Images Via E-Mail

  Sending Scanned Images via E-mail You can send scanned images via e-mail. Note • The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings..Settings dialog box appears. 3. Click Photo Scan. 4.

• Page 509
  Note • You can add e-mail clients to use for attachments from the pull-down menu. • If None (Attach Manually) is selected, manually attach scanned and saved images to e-mail. 5. Click OK. The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears. Note •…
• Page 510
  Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box 6. Click Photo. Scanning starts. When scanning is completed, the specified e-mail client starts and the images will be attached to a new message. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. •…

• Page 511: Extracting Text From Scanned Images (Ocr)

  Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR) Scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in your text editor. Note • You can extract text when scanning via Document, Custom, or ScanGear. • The screens for scanning documents are used as examples in the following descriptions. Start IJ Scan Utility.

• Page 512
  Note • If a compatible application is not installed, the text in the image is extracted and appears in your text editor. Text to be displayed is based on Document Language in the Settings (General Settings) dialog box. Select the language you want to extract in Document Language and scan. •…
• Page 513
  Note • Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box. Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box 6. Click Document. Scanning starts. When scanning is completed, the scanned images are saved according to the settings, and the extracted text appears in the specified application.

• Page 514: Ij Scan Utility Screens

  IJ Scan Utility Screens IJ Scan Utility Main Screen Settings Dialog Box Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box Settings (General Settings) Dialog Box Save Settings Dialog Box Image Stitch Window…

• Page 515: Ij Scan Utility Main Screen

  Utility». Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP: From the Start menu, select All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Scan Utility > IJ Scan Utility to start IJ Scan Utility. You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon.

• Page 516
  Stitch Displays the Image Stitch window in which you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine the scanned images back into one image. Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box.

• Page 517: Settings Dialog Box

  Settings Dialog Box There are two tabs in the Settings dialog box: (Scanning from a Computer) and (General Settings). When you click a tab, the view in the red frame switches and you can make advanced settings to functions on each tab. (Scanning from a Computer) Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden.

• Page 518
  Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog Box Click Auto Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog box. In the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan by automatically detecting the item type.
• Page 519
  • Place items to be scanned on the platen correctly. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly. Refer to «Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)» for how to place items. Note • To reduce moire in scans, set Select Source to Magazine in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box or Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box, then click Document or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
• Page 520
  Important • The save format may differ depending on how you place the item. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files. PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files. Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
• Page 521
  Note • To add an application or folder to the pull-down menu, select Add… from the pull-down menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder. Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
• Page 522
  Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Click Document Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box. In the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as documents.
• Page 523
  Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned. When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears. Select a Unit, then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK. Note •…
• Page 524
  Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. «Moire» is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned. Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire. Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
• Page 525
  In that case, select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog box. (2) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the «_20XX0101_0001″…
• Page 526
  • When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear. JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files. Important • This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format. Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search.
• Page 527
  Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data. You can specify the application from the pull-down menu. Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in. Note •…
• Page 528
  Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Click Photo Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog box. In the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as photos. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area…
• Page 529
  Note • Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings. Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Resolution Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Important •…
• Page 530
  You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, or PNG. Important • You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White. Note • With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format. JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
• Page 531
  Note • To add an application or folder to the pull-down menu, select Add… from the pull-down menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder. Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
• Page 532
  Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Click Custom Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box. In the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan according to your preference.
• Page 533
  • To scan the following types of items, specify the item type or size. You cannot scan correctly with Auto. • A4 size photos • Text documents smaller than 2L (5 inches x 7 inches) (127 mm x 178 mm), such as paperback pages with the spine cut off •…
• Page 534
  • Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings. Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source. • When Select Source is Auto: Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type.
• Page 535
  Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire. Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets. Note • Use ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Advanced Mode tab to correct gutter shadows when scanning non-standard size items or specified areas.
• Page 536
  (2) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the «_20XX0101_0001» format. Note • When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name.
• Page 537
  High Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server. Important • This appears only when PDF, PDF (Multiple Pages), or Auto is selected in Data Format. • When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear. Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search.
• Page 538
  Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data. You can specify the application from the pull-down menu. Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in. Note •…
• Page 539
  Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box Click Scan and Stitch on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box. In the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings for scanning items larger than the platen.
• Page 540
  Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item. Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Resolution Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source. Important •…
• Page 541
  • Windows 7: My Documents folder • Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows XP: My Documents folder Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear. Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images. You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).
• Page 542
  If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in. Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning. Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear. (3) Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
• Page 543
  Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box Click ScanGear on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (ScanGear) dialog box. In the Settings (ScanGear) dialog box, you can specify how to save images when scanning items by starting ScanGear (scanner driver) and how to respond after saving them. (1) Save Settings Area (2) Application Settings Area Important…
• Page 544
  • Windows 8: My Documents folder • Windows 7: My Documents folder • Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows XP: My Documents folder Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear. Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
• Page 545
  If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in. Enable large image scans Select this checkbox to scan images up to 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels and 1.8 GB. Important • When this checkbox is selected, you cannot select Send to an application, Send to a folder, Attach to e-mail, or Start OCR.
• Page 546
  Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
• Page 547
  Settings (General Settings) Dialog Box Click the (General Settings) tab to display the Settings (General Settings) dialog box. In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, you can set the product to use, file size restriction on e-mail attachment, language to detect text in images, and folder in which to save images temporarily. Important •…
• Page 548
  Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

• Page 549: Save Settings Dialog Box

  Save Settings Dialog Box Select the Check scan results checkbox in Save Settings of the Settings dialog box to display the Save Settings dialog box after scanning. You can specify the data format and destination while viewing the thumbnails of scan results. Important •…

• Page 550
  (3) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the «_20XX0101_0001» format. Note • When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name.
• Page 551
  Important • This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format. • When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear. Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search.

• Page 552: Image Stitch Window

  Image Stitch Window Click Stitch in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to display the Image Stitch window. You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image. You can scan items up to approximately twice as large as the platen. (1) Settings and Operation Buttons (2) Toolbar (3) Thumbnail View Area…

• Page 553
  Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scans the first item. Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 Scans the second item. Adjust cropping frames You can adjust the scan area in preview. If no area is specified, the image of the size selected in Select Output Size will be saved. If an area is specified, only the image in the cropping frame will be scanned and saved.
• Page 554
  Save Save Saves the two scanned images as one image. Cancel Cancels Stitch scan. (2) Toolbar You can delete the scanned images or adjust the previewed images. (Delete) Deletes the image selected in the Thumbnail View area. (Enlarge/Reduce) Allows you to enlarge or reduce the preview image. Left-clicking the Preview area enlarges the displayed image.
• Page 555
  When no image has been scanned: After scanning the first item by clicking Start Scanning Image 1: The image is scanned in the direction specified in Scan Direction, and 2 appears next to it. After scanning the second item by clicking Start Scanning Image 2: The two scanned images appear.

• Page 556: Scanning Using Application Software (Scangear)

  Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear) What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)? Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Scanning in Basic Mode Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)

• Page 557: What Is Scangear (Scanner Driver)

  What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)? ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. It enables you to specify the output size and make image corrections when scanning. ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with a standard interface called TWAIN.

• Page 559: Scanning With Advanced Settings Using Scangear (Scanner Driver)

  Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Scanning in Basic Mode Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)

• Page 560: Starting Scangear (Scanner Driver)

  Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or other applications. Note • Set up the network environment if you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection.

• Page 561: Scanning In Basic Mode

  Scanning in Basic Mode Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following the on-screen steps. Refer to «Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)» to scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen. When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), documents are scanned without preview. Important •…

• Page 562
  Important • Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, refer to the application’s manual. Note • To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color). 3. Click Preview. Preview image appears in the Preview area. Important •…
• Page 563
  8. Click Scan. Scanning starts. Note • Click (Information) to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings (document type, etc.). • A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.

• Page 564: Scanning In Advanced Mode

  Scanning in Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, color tone, etc. when scanning. Refer to «Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)» to scan multiple documents at one time. Refer to «Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode»…

• Page 565
  3. Set Input Settings according to the document or purpose. 4. Click Preview. Preview images appear in the Preview area. 5. Set Output Settings. 6. Adjust the cropping frame (scan area), correct image, and adjust colors as required. Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear) Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons 7.

• Page 566: Scanning Multiple Documents From The Adf (Auto Document Feeder) In Advanced Mode

  Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the image brightness, color tone, etc. and scan multiple documents placed on the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) at one time. When using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning, you can scan both sides of the documents automatically from the ADF.

• Page 567
  Note • Click (Information) to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings (document type, etc.). • A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.

• Page 568: Scanning Multiple Documents At One Time With Scangear (Scanner Driver)

  Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) You can scan two or more photos (small documents) on the Platen at one time on the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab. This section explains how to scan multiple documents from the Basic Mode tab. Important •…

• Page 569
  3. Click Preview. Thumbnails of the preview images appear in the Preview area. Cropping frames are specified automatically according to the document size. 4. Set Destination. 5. Set Output Size according to purpose. 6. Adjust the cropping frames and set Image corrections as required. Note •…
• Page 570
  7. Select the images you want to scan. Select the checkboxes of the images you want to scan. 8. Click Scan. Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View Follow these steps if thumbnails are not displayed correctly when previewed or if you want to scan multiple documents as a single image.
• Page 571
  Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image. You can also create two or more cropping frames. If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area is specified, only the portion in the specified area will be scanned.

• Page 572: Correcting Images And Adjusting Colors With Scangear (Scanner Driver)

  Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fading Correction, etc.) Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance Adjusting Brightness and Contrast Adjusting Histogram Adjusting Tone Curve Setting Threshold…

• Page 573: Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust And Scratches, Fading Correction, Etc.)

  Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fading Correction, etc.) The Image Settings functions on the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear (scanner driver) allow you to enhance the outline of the subjects, reduce dust/scratches, and correct faded colors when scanning images. Setting Items Click (Arrow) of a function and select an item from the pull-down menu.

• Page 574
  Reducing show-through in text documents or lightening the base color in recycled paper, newspapers, etc. when scanning documents Set Reduce Show-through to ON. Sharpening slightly out-of-focus images Set Unsharp Mask to ON. Reducing gradations and stripe patterns Set Descreen to ON.
• Page 575
  Note • Printed photos and pictures are displayed as a collection of fine dots. «Moire» is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned. Descreen is the function for reducing this moire effect. Reducing dust and scratches Set Reduce Dust and Scratches to Low, Medium, or High according to the degree of dust and scratches.

• Page 577: Adjusting Colors Using A Color Pattern

  Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern You can preview color changes and reproduce natural colors by using the color pattern function in ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Basic Mode tab. Color Adjustment Correct colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast. «Colorcast» is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors.

• Page 578
  Below is an example of correcting a bluish image. Since Blue and Green are too strong, click the Yellow and Magenta arrows to correct. Before After Note • Color adjustments are applied only to the cropping frames (scan areas) or the frame selected in thumbnail view.

• Page 579: Adjusting Saturation And Color Balance

  Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance You can brighten colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast by using (Saturation/Color Balance) in ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Advanced Mode tab. Note • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Saturation Adjust the image’s saturation (vividness).

• Page 580
  Move (Slider) under Color Balance to the left or right to emphasize the corresponding color. Cyan & Red Magenta & Green Yellow & Blue These are complementary color pairs (each pair produces a shade of gray when mixed). You can reproduce the natural colors of the scene by reducing the cast color and increasing the complementary color.

• Page 581: Adjusting Brightness And Contrast

  Adjusting Brightness and Contrast You can adjust images that are too dark or bright, or too flat due to lack of contrast by using (Brightness/Contrast) in ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Advanced Mode tab. Note • Click (Down arrow) to switch to detailed view. Click (Up arrow) to return to the previous view.

• Page 582
  Brightness Adjust the image brightness. Move (Slider) under Brightness to the left to darken and right to brighten the image. You can also enter a value (-127 to 127). Darkened Original image Brightened Note • Highlights may be lost if you brighten the image too much, and shadows may be lost if you darken the image too much.

• Page 583: Adjusting Histogram

  Adjusting Histogram You can adjust the image color tone by using a graph (histogram) showing brightness distribution, via (Histogram) in ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Advanced Mode tab. Note • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red, Green, and Blue in various proportions (gradation). These colors can be adjusted individually as a «channel.»…

• Page 584
  (1) Bright area (2) Dark area (3) Whole image More data is distributed to the More data is distributed to the Data is widely distributed between the highlight side. shadow side. highlight and shadow. Adjusting Histograms (Using the Slider) Select a Channel, then move (Black-point Slider) or (White-point Slider) to specify the level to be set as the shadow or highlight.
• Page 585
  Moving the Mid-point Slider Move the Mid-point Slider to specify the level to be set as the middle of the tonal range. Images with more data distributed to the highlight side Move the Mid-point Slider toward the highlight side. Images with more data distributed to the shadow side Move the Mid-point Slider toward the shadow side.
• Page 586
  • The point clicked with (White-point Dropper) will be the brightest point. You can also enter a value (10 to 255). • Click (Dropper) for Gray Balance and click the area you want to adjust the color in the preview image.

• Page 587: Adjusting Tone Curve

  Adjusting Tone Curve You can adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph (tone curve) showing the balance of tone input and output, via (Tone Curve Settings) in ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Advanced Mode tab. Note • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red, Green, and Blue in various proportions (gradation).

• Page 588
  Adjusting Tone Curve In Select Tone Curve, select a tone curve from No correction, Overexposure, Underexposure, High contrast, Reverse the negative/positive image, and Edit custom curve. No correction (No adjustment) Overexposure (Convex curve) The midtone data of the input side is stretched toward the highlight of the output side, resulting in a bright- toned image when viewed on a monitor.
• Page 589
  Edit custom curve You can drag specific points on the Tone Curve to freely adjust the brightness of the corresponding areas.

• Page 590: Setting Threshold

  Setting Threshold You can sharpen text in a document or reduce show-through in newspapers by adjusting the threshold level (Threshold) in ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Advanced Mode tab. Note • This function is available when Color Mode is Black and White. •…

• Page 591: Scangear (Scanner Driver) Screens

  ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens Basic Mode Tab Advanced Mode Tab Input Settings Output Settings Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons Preferences Dialog Box Scanner Tab Preview Tab Scan Tab Color Settings Tab…

• Page 592: Basic Mode Tab

  Basic Mode Tab This mode allows you to scan easily by following the on-screen steps. This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab. (1) Settings and Operation Buttons (2) Toolbar (3) Preview Area Note • The displayed items vary by document type and view. •…

• Page 593
  Important • Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, refer to the application’s manual. Note • When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active. • When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which adjusts images based on the document type will also be active.
• Page 594
  Flexible Allows you to freely adjust the cropping frames (scan areas). In thumbnail view: Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is displayed, each frame is scanned individually.
• Page 595
  Note • Save up to 10 items. • An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value within the setting range. Note • For details on whether or how the cropping frame is initially displayed on a preview image, refer to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in «Preview Tab»…
• Page 596
  Important • This setting is not available when you select Color Matching on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box. Perform Scan Scan Starts scanning. Note • When scanning starts, the progress will be displayed. Click Cancel to cancel the scan. Preferences…
• Page 597
  (Check All Frames) Available when two or more frames are displayed. Selects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view. (Uncheck All Frames) Available when two or more frames are displayed. Deselects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view. (Select All Frames) Available when two or more frames are displayed.
• Page 598
  Note • When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status. • Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied. • Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected Frames simultaneously.

• Page 599: Advanced Mode Tab

  Advanced Mode Tab This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, and color tone. This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab. (1) Settings and Operation Buttons (2) Toolbar (3) Preview Area Note…

• Page 600
  Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List. When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with the predefined items. To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings displayed in Favorite Settings List.
• Page 601
  Scan Starts scanning. Note • When scanning starts, the progress will be displayed. Click Cancel to cancel the scan. • When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear. Follow the prompt to complete. For details, refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning Scan Tab (Preferences dialog box).
• Page 602
  (3) Preview Area (Clear) Deletes the preview image from the Preview area. It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings. (Crop) Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse. (Move Image) Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in the Preview area does not fit in the screen.
• Page 603
  (Remove Cropping Frame) Removes the selected cropping frame. (Information) Displays the version of ScanGear and the current scan settings (document type, etc.). (Open Guide) Opens this page. (3) Preview Area This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. You can also check the results of the settings (image corrections, color adjustments, etc.) made in «(1) Settings and Operation Buttons.»…
• Page 604
  Note • You can specify the cropping frame on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, you can only create one cropping frame per image. In whole image view, you can create multiple cropping frames. Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear) Related Topic Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode…

• Page 605: Input Settings

  Input Settings Input Settings allows you to set the following items: Select Source The type of document to be scanned is displayed. To scan from the Platen, select Platen; to scan from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), select Document (ADF Simplex) or Document (ADF Duplex). Important •…

• Page 606
  Click Settings… to open the Orientation dialog box. Important • The Orientation dialog box can only be opened when Select Source is Document (ADF Simplex) or Document (ADF Duplex). • Binding Location is displayed when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning. •…
• Page 607
  Note • The values you can enter will be within the range of the selected document size. The minimum size is 96 pixels x 96 pixels when Output Resolution is 600 dpi, scaled at 100 %. • When Auto Crop is performed in whole image view, the aspect ratio will not be maintained since the size will be prioritized.

• Page 608: Output Settings

  Output Settings Output Settings allows you to set the following items: Output Resolution Select the resolution to scan at. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Select a resolution from the options displayed by clicking the button, or enter a value in 1 dpi increments.

• Page 609
  In whole image view: When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. Note • To enlarge/reduce the scanned image, enter values into (Width) and (Height) in Output Settings or specify a value (by 1 %) for %.
• Page 610
  Note • Refer to «Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)» for details on cropping frames. • For details on whether or how the cropping frame is initially displayed on a preview image, refer to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in «Preview Tab» (Preferences dialog box). (Switch Aspect Ratio) Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.

• Page 611: Image Settings

  Image Settings Important • Do not apply these functions to images without moire, dust/scratches, or faded colors. The color tone may be adversely affected. • Image correction results may not be reflected in the preview image. Note • Selectable settings depend on Color Mode settings. •…

• Page 612
  • You can set this setting when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box. Note • If the image is not adjusted properly with Auto, specify the document type. • The color tone may change from the source image due to the Image Adjustment. In that case, set Image Adjustment to None.
• Page 613
  Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting. High Select this to reduce large dust particles and scratches; however, evidence of the reduction process may remain or delicate parts of the image may be removed. Important • This function may not be effective for some types of photos. Note •…
• Page 614
  When you set the Gutter Shadow Correction setting in the preview image, the result will be reflected. Preview the effects before scanning, as results vary depending on the type of document and how it is pressed. Unclear or blurred text/lines caused by curved pages are not corrected. None Gutter shadow will not be corrected.
• Page 615
  Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)

• Page 616: Color Adjustment Buttons

  Color Adjustment Buttons The Color Adjustment Buttons allow you to make fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones including adjustments to the image’s overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram) or balance (tone curve). Important •…

• Page 617
  (Histogram) A histogram allows you to see the data concentration at each brightness level of an image. You can specify the brightest level (highlight) and darkest level (shadow) within an image, cut the levels and expand the middle of the tonal range of the image. Adjusting Histogram (Tone Curve Settings) Adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph (tone curve) showing the balance of…
• Page 618
  Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List. Click Save to save. To delete an item, select it in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings displayed in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List.

• Page 619: Preferences Dialog Box

  Preferences Dialog Box In the Preferences dialog box, you can make advanced settings to ScanGear (scanner driver) functions via the Scanner, Preview, Scan, and Color Settings tabs. Click Preferences… in the ScanGear screen to open the Preferences dialog box. Scanner Tab Allows you to set the auto power settings, specify the folder in which to save images temporarily, and set the music file to play during or at the end of a scan.

• Page 620: Scanner Tab

  Scanner Tab On the Scanner tab, you can specify the following settings. Important • Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer. Auto Power Settings You can set to turn the machine on or off automatically. Click Settings… to display the Auto Power Settings dialog box. Note •…

• Page 621
  Refer to «Function Support List by Model (Auto Power Off)» to check if your model supports the Auto Power Off function. Quiet Settings The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this machine. Use this when you wish to reduce the operating noise such as when scanning or printing at night.
• Page 622
  • MP3 file (*.mp3) Calibration Settings When you set Execute at Every Scan to ON, the scanner will be calibrated every time before previewing and scanning, to reproduce correct color tones in scanned images. Note • Even when Execute at Every Scan is set to OFF, the scanner may be calibrated automatically in some cases (such as immediately after you turn the machine on).
• Page 623
  Function Support List by Model (Auto Power Off) MG series MX series E series P series MB series MG series Auto Power Off Function Model Name With USB With Network Connection Connection MG7700 ✓ ✓ series MG7500 × ✓ series MG7100 ×…
• Page 624
  MG2400 No network support ✓ series MX series Auto Power Off Function Model Name With USB With Network Connection Connection MX530 × × series MX490 × ✓ series MX470 × × series E series Auto Power Off Function Model Name With USB With Network Connection Connection…

• Page 625: Preview Tab

  Preview Tab On the Preview tab, you can specify the following settings. Preview at Start of ScanGear Select what to do with Preview when ScanGear (scanner driver) is started. Automatically execute preview ScanGear will automatically start previewing at startup. Display saved preview image The previously previewed image will be displayed.

• Page 626
  Larger Displays 105 % (in width and height) of the area displayed for the standard size. Standard The standard size. Smaller Displays 95 % (in width and height) of the area displayed for the standard size. Note • When you change the Cropping Size for Thumbnail View setting, the preview images will be refreshed and cropped to the new size.

• Page 627: Scan Tab

  Scan Tab On the Scan tab, you can specify the following settings. Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning Select what to do with ScanGear (scanner driver) after scanning images. Close ScanGear automatically Select this to return to the original application when scanning is completed. Do not close ScanGear automatically Select this to return to the ScanGear screen for another scan when scanning is completed.

• Page 628: Color Settings Tab

  Color Settings Tab On the Color Settings tab, you can specify the following settings. Color Adjustment Select one of the following. Recommended Select this to vividly reproduce the tone of a document on the screen. It is recommended that you normally select this setting.

• Page 629
  Note • Depending on your scanner or printer, this setting may not be available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). • You can select one when Color Mode is Color or Grayscale. • Color Matching is available when ScanGear, monitor, color management-compliant application (such as Adobe Photoshop), and printer are set up correctly.

• Page 630: Positioning Originals (Scanning From Computer)

  Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Learn how to place items on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) of your scanner or printer. Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly. Important •…

• Page 631
  the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format. Placing Multiple Items: Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between items.
• Page 632
  2. Place the documents on the ADF, then adjust the document guides to the width of the documents. Insert the documents face-up until a beep sounds. Note • When scanning duplex documents, place the front sides facing up. They will not be scanned in the correct page order if placed the other way around.

• Page 633: Adjusting Cropping Frames (Scangear)

  Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear) «Cropping» is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it. On the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab, you can specify cropping frames (scan areas) on the image(s) displayed in the Preview area of the screen.

• Page 634
  In whole image view: Represents an unselected cropping frame. The settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode tab will not be applied. Adjusting a Cropping Frame The cursor will change into (Arrow) when it is positioned over a cropping frame. If you click and drag the mouse in the direction of the arrow, the cropping frame will expand or contract accordingly.
• Page 635
  In whole image view: Click and drag the mouse in a space outside the existing cropping frame to create a new cropping frame in the Preview area. The new cropping frame will be the active cropping frame, and the old cropping frame will be the unselected cropping frame.
• Page 636
  In whole image view: To delete a cropping frame, select it and click (Remove Cropping Frame) on the Toolbar. Alternatively, press the Delete key. When there are multiple cropping frames, all the selected cropping frames (active cropping frame and selected cropping frames) are deleted simultaneously.

• Page 637: General Notes (Scanner Driver)

  General Notes (Scanner Driver) ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it. Scanner Driver Restrictions • When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons.

• Page 638
  • Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating system’s virtual memory and retry. • When image size is too large (such as when scanning large images at high resolution), your computer may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 % depending on the application. In that case, cancel the action (for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar), then increase the operating system’s virtual memory or reduce the image size/resolution and retry.

• Page 639: Other Scanning Methods

  Other Scanning Methods Scanning with WIA Driver Scanning Using the Control Panel (Windows XP Only)

• Page 640: Scanning With Wia Driver

  • If you have more than one scanner or printer, a scanner selection screen may appear. Double- click the scanner you want to use. • For USB connection: Canon XXX series (where «XXX» is the model name) • For network connection: XXX series_MAC address (where «XXX» is the model name) 3.

• Page 641
  Source Select a scanner type. Paper size This setting is not available for your scanner or printer. Color format Select the color mode in which to scan the item. File type Select a data format from JPEG, BMP, PNG, and TIFF. Resolution (DPI) Enter the resolution.
• Page 642
  • If you have more than one scanner or printer, a scanner selection screen may appear. Double- click the scanner you want to use. • For USB connection: Canon XXX series (where «XXX» is the model name) • For network connection: XXX series_MAC address (where «XXX» is the model name) 3.
• Page 643
  Scanning starts, then the scanned image appears in the application.

• Page 644: Scanning Using The Control Panel (Windows Xp Only)

  • When using the scanner or printer with network connection, you cannot scan using the WIA driver. 1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel. 2. Click Printers and Other Hardware > Scanners and Cameras, then double-click Canon XXX series (where «XXX» is the model name).

• Page 645
  Contrast Move the slider to adjust the contrast. Moving it to the left will decrease the contrast of the image, thus softening the image. Moving it to the right will increase the contrast of the image, thus sharpening the image. You can also enter a value (-127 to 127). Resolution (DPI) Enter the resolution.

• Page 646: Ij Network Scanner Selector Ex Menu And Setting Screen

  Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX / Enable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Enables or disables IJ Network Scanner Selector EX. When you select Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, you will not be able to scan over a network from the operation panel.

• Page 647
  Exit Exits IJ Network Scanner Selector EX; (Enabled) or (Disabled) disappears from the notification area on the desktop. Scan-from-PC Settings Screen Right-click the icon from the notification area on the desktop, then select Settings… to display the Scan- from-PC Settings screen. Your scanner or printer must be selected with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX before scanning over a network.
• Page 648
  • Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If your scanner or printer still does not appear, refer to «Problems with Network Communication» for your model from Home of the Online Manual. • You do not need to use this software when scanning via USB. Refer to «Uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX»…

• Page 649: Uninstalling Ij Network Scanner Selector Ex

  • Windows 7/Windows Vista: 1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Programs > Programs and Features. 2. Select Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, then click Uninstall/Change. Note • If the User Account Control screen appears, click Continue.

• Page 650: Scanning Tips

  Scanning Tips Resolution Data Formats Color Matching…

• Page 651: Resolution

  Resolution The data in the image you have scanned is a collection of dots carrying information about brightness and color. The density of these dots is called «resolution,» and resolution will determine the amount of detail your image contains. The unit of resolution is dots per inch (dpi). Dpi is the number of dots per inch (2.5 cm). The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image;…

• Page 652
  Important • If you double the resolution, the data size of the scanned image quadruples. If the file is too large, the processing speed will slow down significantly, and you will experience inconvenience such as lack of memory. Set the minimum required resolution according to the use of the image. Note •…

• Page 653: Data Formats

  Data Formats You can select a data format when saving scanned images. You should specify the most suitable data format according to how you want to use the image on which application. Available data formats vary by application and operating system (Windows or Mac OS). See below for the characteristics of each image data format.

• Page 654: Color Matching

  Color Matching «Color Matching» is the act of making adjustments so that the color tones match between the original item, the monitor display, and the color printout. On your scanner or printer, the color tones are adjusted as shown below. Example: When sRGB is selected as the output profile (target): The image’s color space is converted from the scanner’s color space to sRGB by ScanGear.

• Page 655: Positioning Originals (Scanning From Computer)

  Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Learn how to place items on the platen of your scanner or printer. Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly. Important • Do not place objects on the document cover. When you open the document cover, the objects may fall into your scanner or printer, resulting in malfunction.

• Page 656
  Placing Multiple Items: Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned. more than 0.4 inch (1 cm) Note •…

• Page 657: Network Scan Settings

  «IJ Network Scanner Selector EX». • Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP: From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX. The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen…

• Page 658
  IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, then follow the steps below to change the connection status between it and the computer. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Select «Canon XXX series Network» (where «XXX» is the model name) for Product Name. 3. Click Settings… to use another scanner connected to a network.

• Page 659: Scanning From Computer (Mac Os)

  Scanning from Computer (Mac OS) Using IJ Scan Utility Using Scanner Driver Scanning Tips Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Network Scan Settings…

• Page 660: Scanning Using Smartphone/Tablet

  This machine supports the following scan functions. PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link is a web service provided by Canon. Save scanned images to data storage services through integration with various cloud services without using a computer. Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link…

• Page 661
  Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • Print images from a photo-sharing service •…

• Page 662: Troubleshooting

  Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions • Cannot Find Machine on Network • Cannot Find Machine on Wireless LAN • Printing Does Not Start • Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear • An Error Occurs • Print Results Are Unsatisfactory •…

• Page 663
  • No Ink Comes Out • Paper Jams • Paper Does Not Feed Properly/»No Paper» Error • Automatic Duplex Printing Problems • Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows) • Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Mac OS) Error or Message Appears • An Error Occurs •…

• Page 664: Network Communication Problems

  Network Communication Problems Cannot Find Machine on Network Network Connection Problems Other Network Problems…

• Page 665: Cannot Find Machine On Network

  Cannot Find Machine on Network Cannot Find Machine on Printers on Network List Screen Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen Cannot Find Machine on Wireless LAN…

• Page 666: Cannot Find Machine On Check Printer Settings Screen

  Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen If the machine cannot be found on the Check Printer Settings screen during network communications setup, check the network settings and try again. Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 1 Important •…

• Page 667: Cannot Find Machine During Wireless Lan Setup: Check 1

  Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 1 Are computer and network device (router, etc.) configured and can computer connect to network? Make sure you can view web pages on your computer. If you cannot view any web pages: Configure the computer and network device.

• Page 668: Cannot Find Machine During Wireless Lan Setup: Check 2

  • If no message appears: Cancel the setup, and then set the security software to allow Canon software to access the network. ◦ For Windows: The file Setup.exe or Setup64.exe in the win > Driver > DrvSetup folder on the Setup CD-ROM ◦…

• Page 669: Cannot Find Machine During Wireless Lan Setup: Check 3

  Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 3 Check wireless router settings. Check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering, and DHCP function. Make sure the same radio channel is assigned to the wireless router and the machine. To check the settings of the wireless router, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.

• Page 670: Cannot Find Machine During Wireless Lan Setup: Check 4

  Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 4 Check wireless router configuration and make sure the machine is not placed too far away from the wireless router. Make sure the wireless router you are using is configured to use 2.4 GHz bandwidth. For more on checking the setting of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.

• Page 671: Cannot Find Machine On Printers On Network List Screen

  Cannot Find Machine on Printers on Network List Screen The machine could not be detected with the current setup method. Select the Setting printer could not be found on the list check box and click Next. The screen to show another setup method is displayed.

• Page 672: Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen

  2. Click Start Over on Installation Failure screen. 3. Click Exit on Start Setup screen and finish setup. 4. Turn off machine. 5. Restart computer. 6. Make sure you have no application software running. 7. Redo setup according to instructions on Canon website.

• Page 673
  Note • For Windows, you can use the Setup CD-ROM to redo setup.

• Page 674: Cannot Find Machine On Wireless Lan

  Check4 If it is not, perform setup. • For Windows: Use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Follow the instructions on the Canon website. If using IJ Network Tool, look for machine again.

• Page 675
  If searching for machine over a network, make sure machine is associated with Check6 a port. (Windows) If No Driver appears under Name in IJ Network Tool, the machine is not associated with a port. Select Associate Port in the Settings menu to associate a port with the machine. When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port Make sure machine and wireless router network settings match.
• Page 676
  Make sure security software’s firewall is off. Check13 If your security software’s firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.

• Page 677: Network Connection Problems

  Network Connection Problems Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used Network Key Unknown Administrator Password Set for Machine Unknown Machine Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings Printing Is Slow Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows)

• Page 678: Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used

  Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used Cannot Communicate with Machine Following Network Settings Change (Windows) Cannot Communicate with Machine via Wireless LAN Cannot Communicate with Machine Using Access Point Mode Cannot Print or Scan from Network Computer Cannot Communicate with Machine Following Network Settings Change (Windows) It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.

• Page 679
  Make sure security software’s firewall is off. Check10 If your security software’s firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
• Page 680
  By default, the serial number of the machine is used as the network key. Check the serial number on the back of the machine. 5. Use Setup CD-ROM or follow instructions on Canon website. Cannot Communicate with Machine Using Access Point Mode Make sure machine is turned on.
• Page 681
  If MP Drivers are not installed, install them. Check2 • For Windows: Install the MP Drivers using the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Install the MP Drivers from the Canon website. Make sure wireless router does not restrict which computers can access it.

• Page 682: Network Key Unknown

  Network Key Unknown WEP or WPA/WPA2 Key Set for Access Point Unknown, Cannot Connect Setting an Encryption Key WEP or WPA/WPA2 Key Set for Access Point Unknown, Cannot Connect For details on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.

• Page 683
  If the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, check the settings in Wireless Security of AirPort Utility. • Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for key length in AirPort Base Station. • Select 1 for Key ID. Otherwise, computer will not be able to communicate with machine via the wireless router.

• Page 684: Administrator Password Set For Machine Unknown

  Initialize the machine settings. Initializing Machine Settings After initializing the machine settings, redo setup. • For Windows: Use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Follow the instructions on the Canon website.

• Page 685: Machine Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router Or Changing Its Settings

  Changing Its Settings When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the machine. • For Windows: Use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Follow the instructions on the Canon website.

• Page 686
  With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Machine After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router If you change the encryption type for the machine and it subsequently cannot communicate with the computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set for the machine.

• Page 687: Printing Is Slow

  Printing Is Slow Machine may be printing or scanning a large job from another computer. Check1 Monitor signal status and move machine and wireless router as necessary. Check2 • For Windows: Monitoring Wireless Network Status • For Mac OS: Monitoring Wireless Network Status Make sure there are no obstacles between the wireless router and the machine.

• Page 688: Ink Level Not Shown On Printer Status Monitor (Windows)

  Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows) Use the printer driver with bidirectional communication. Select Enable bidirectional support in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver. How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window…

• Page 689: Other Network Problems

  Other Network Problems Message Appears on Computer During Setup Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows) Checking Network Information Restoring to Factory Defaults…

• Page 690: Message Appears On Computer During Setup

  Message Appears on Computer During Setup Enter Password Screen Appears During Setup Encryption Settings Screen Appears When Access Point Selected from Search Screen «You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network» Appears Enter Password Screen Appears During Setup The following screen appears if the machine is set up for use with a network and an administrator password has been set.

• Page 691
  Encryption Settings Screen Appears When Access Point Selected from Search Screen This screen appears automatically if the selected wireless router is encrypted. Set the same encryption settings as those set for the wireless router. • For Windows: For more on encryption settings, see Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet.

• Page 692: Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows)

  If you are using your computer in a network environment other than the one used to set up the machine, disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX. To disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, right-click the icon on the notification area on the desktop and select Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX.

• Page 693: Checking Network Information

  Printing Network Settings You can check the network setting information on the computer screen. • For Windows: Canon IJ Network Tool Screen • For Mac OS: Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.

• Page 694
  Click Hardware to check the MAC address. Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place. • For Windows: 1. Select Command Prompt as shown below. ◦ In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for «Command Prompt».
• Page 695
  If packet loss is 100%, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is communicating with target device. Checking Network Settings Information To check the machine’s network settings information, print out the network settings information using the operation panel. Printing Network Settings…

• Page 696: Restoring To Factory Defaults

  Initialization erases all network settings on the machine, making printing or scanning operation from a computer over a network impossible. To use the machine over a network again after restoring it to the factory defaults, use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to redo setup. • For Mac OS: Initialization erases all network settings on the machine, making printing or scanning operation from a computer over a network impossible.

• Page 697: Problems While Printing/Scanning From Smartphone/Tablet

  Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet…

• Page 698: Cannot Print/Scan From Smartphone/Tablet

  Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet If you cannot print/scan from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the machine. Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method. Cannot Communicate with Machine over Wireless LAN Cannot Communicate with Machine while It Is in Access Point Mode Note •…

• Page 699
  To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it. If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router. Make sure machine is not placed far away from wireless router.
• Page 700
  Locate your smartphone/tablet close enough to communicate with the machine. Check for obstructions. Check7 Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Move the machine as necessary. Make sure there is no source of radio wave interference nearby. Check8 If a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference.

• Page 701: Printing Problems

  Printing Problems Printing Does Not Start Paper Jams Print Results Are Unsatisfactory No Ink Comes Out Paper Does Not Feed Properly/»No Paper» Error Automatic Duplex Printing Problems Copying/Printing Stops Cannot Print Using AirPrint…

• Page 702: Printing Does Not Start

  The machine will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer. • For Windows: Make sure «Canon XXX series Printer» (where «XXX» is your machine’s name) is selected in the Print dialog box. Note…

• Page 703
  Faxes. 3. Open printer driver properties. • In Windows 8.1, Windows 8, or Windows 7, right-click «Canon XXX series Printer» icon (where «XXX» is your machine’s name), and then select Printer properties. • In Windows Vista or Windows XP, right-click «Canon XXX series Printer» icon (where «XXX» is your machine’s name), and then select Properties.
• Page 704
  Launch IJ Network Tool, select «CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx» as you checked in step 4, and then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in Settings menu. If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website. Is print data extremely large? (Windows) Check8 Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver.

• Page 705: Paper Jams

  Paper Jams When paper is jammed, the Alarm lamp flashes and a troubleshooting message is displayed on the computer screen automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message. • For Windows: • For Mac OS: * The screen differs depending on the OS you are using. To remove the jammed paper, see List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams).

• Page 706: Print Results Are Unsatisfactory

  Print Results Are Unsatisfactory If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned lines, or uneven colors, check the paper and print quality settings first. Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper? Check1 If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.

• Page 707
  Back of Paper Is Smudged Vertical Line Next to Image Uneven or Streaked Colors…

• Page 708: Cannot Complete Printing

  Cannot Complete Printing Select setting not to compress printing data. (Windows) Check1 If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing result may be improved. Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Select the Do not allow application software to compress print data check box and click OK.

• Page 709: Part Of Page Is Not Printed (Windows)

  Part of Page Is Not Printed (Windows) Are you using automatic duplex printing? Check If you are using automatic duplex printing, the printable area at the top of the page will be 0.08 inches / 2 mm shorter than usual. Therefore, the bottom of the page may not be printed.

• Page 710: Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear

  Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear Paper Is Blank Printing Is Blurry Colors Are Wrong…

• Page 711
  White Streaks Appear Check paper and print quality settings. Check1 Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Print nozzle check pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations Check2 such as print head cleaning. Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles. For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing Is Faint or…
• Page 712
  After making sure the FINE cartridge is installed properly, close the paper output cover. If the problem is not resolved, remove the FINE cartridges and install them again. For more on installing the FINE cartridges, see Replacing a FINE Cartridge. •…

• Page 713: Colors Are Unclear

  Colors Are Unclear Is nozzle check pattern printed properly? Check1 Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles. For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing Is Faint or Uneven.

• Page 714: Lines Are Misaligned

  Lines Are Misaligned Check paper and print quality settings. Check1 Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Perform print head alignment. Check2 If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position. Aligning the Print Head Note •…

• Page 715: Lines Incomplete Or Missing (Windows)

  Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows) Are you using Page Layout Printing or Binding Margin function? Check1 When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is in use, thin lines may not be printed. Try thickening the lines in the document. Is print data extremely large? Check2 Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver.

• Page 716: Images Incomplete Or Missing (Windows)

  Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows) Select setting not to compress printing data. Check1 If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing result may be improved. Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Select Do not allow application software to compress print data check box and click OK.

• Page 717: Ink Blots / Paper Curl

  Use Photo Paper to print photos. Check3 To print data with high color saturation such as photographs or images with dark colors, we recommend that you use Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon specialty paper. Media Types You Can Use…

• Page 718: Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched

  Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged Smudged Edges Smudged Surface Printed Surface Is Scratched Check paper and print quality settings. Check1 Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check paper type. Check2 • Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing. Media Types You Can Use •…

• Page 719
  • Other Paper If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 inch / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl. 1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below. 2.
• Page 720
  Window. ◦ For Mac OS: In the Canon IJ Printer Utility, select Custom Settings in the pop-up menu, select Prevent paper abrasion check box, and then click Apply. To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility, see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility.
• Page 721
  5. Check message and click OK. • For Mac OS: 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Open the Canon IJ Printer Utility. Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility 3. Select Custom Settings in the pop-up menu. 4. Drag Ink Drying Wait Time: slide bar to set the wait time and click Apply.

• Page 722: Back Of Paper Is Smudged

  Back of Paper Is Smudged Check paper and print quality settings. Check1 Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of machine. Check2 Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning) Note • During borderless printing, duplex printing, or too much printing, ink may stain the inside of the machine.

• Page 723: Vertical Line Next To Image

  Vertical Line Next to Image Is loaded paper size correct? Check If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, a vertical line may appear in the margin. Set the paper size to match the loaded paper. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Note •…

• Page 724: Uneven Or Streaked Colors

  Uneven or Streaked Colors Uneven Colors Streaked Colors Check paper and print quality settings. Check1 Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Print nozzle check pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations Check2 such as print head cleaning. Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles. For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing Is Faint or…

• Page 725
  If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the machine and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later. • If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice: Ink may have run out. Replace the FINE cartridge. Perform print head alignment.

• Page 726: No Ink Comes Out

  No Ink Comes Out When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace it with a new one. Check1 Is FINE cartridge installed properly? Check2 If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely, ink may not be ejected correctly. Open the paper output cover and the head cover opens. Push up the ink cartridge lock lever to make sure the FINE cartridge is installed properly.

• Page 727: Paper Does Not Feed Properly/»No Paper» Error

  Paper Does Not Feed Properly/»No Paper» Error Make sure paper is loaded. Check1 Loading Paper When loading paper, consider the following. Check2 • When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper. •…

• Page 728
  Check7 Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Note • Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 729: Automatic Duplex Printing Problems

  Automatic Duplex Printing Problems Is automatic duplex printing selected? Check1 • For Windows: Make sure Duplex Printing and Automatic check boxes are selected on Page Setup sheet in the printer driver setup window. Duplex Printing • For Mac OS: Make sure Two-Sided check box is selected on the Print dialog. Duplex Printing Make sure loaded paper size is suitable for automatic duplex printing.

• Page 730
  Note • For Windows: To switch to manual duplex printing, follow the procedure below. Open the printer driver setup window, clear Automatic check box on Page Setup sheet, and reprint. When performing manual duplex printing, note the following. • If you are printing three or more pages of a document with manual duplex printing, one side of each sheet is printed first.

• Page 731: Copying/Printing Stops

  Copying/Printing Stops Is paper loaded? Check1 Make sure paper is loaded. If necessary, load paper. Do documents to be printed have many photographs or illustrations? Check2 It takes time for the machine and the computer to process large data such as photos or other graphics, so it may seem that the machine is not working.

• Page 732: Cannot Print Using Airprint

  Cannot Print Using AirPrint Make sure machine is turned on. Check1 If the machine is turned on, turn it off and back on, and then check whether the issue is resolved. Make sure machine is connected by LAN to same network subnet as AirPrint Check2 compliant device when printing over LAN.

• Page 733: Scanning Problems (Windows)

  Scanning Problems (Windows) Scanning Problems Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Software Problems IJ Scan Utility Error Messages ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages…

• Page 734: Scanning Problems

  Scanning Problems Scanner Does Not Work ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start Error Message Appears and the ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screen Does Not Appear Cannot Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan Slow Scanning Speed «There is not enough memory.»…

• Page 735: Scanner Does Not Work

  Scanner Does Not Work Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on. Check 1 Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer. Check 2 If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and Check 3 connect it to a USB port on the computer.

• Page 736: Scangear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start

  ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start Make sure that MP Drivers is installed. Check 1 If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or the web page. Select your scanner or printer on the application’s menu. Check 2 Important •…

• Page 737: Error Message Appears And The Scangear (Scanner Driver) Screen Does Not Appear

  Error Message Appears and the ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screen Does Not Appear Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on. Check 1 Turn off your scanner or printer, then reconnect the USB cable and replug the Check 2 power cord.

• Page 738: Cannot Scan Multiple Originals At One Time

  Cannot Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Make sure that the items are placed correctly. Check 1 Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Check if you can properly scan one item. Check 2 Some applications do not support multiple image scanning. In that case, scan each item individually.

• Page 739: Cannot Scan Properly With Auto Scan

  Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan Make sure that the items are placed correctly. Check 1 Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Multiple item scanning may not be supported. Check 2 Some applications do not support multiple image scanning. In that case, scan each item individually.

• Page 740: Slow Scanning Speed

  Slow Scanning Speed To view the image on a monitor, set the output resolution to around 150 dpi. To Check 1 print, set it to around 300 dpi. Resolution Set Fading Correction, Grain Correction, etc. to None. Check 2 Refer to «Image Settings» for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. In IJ Scan Utility, deselect the Correct slanted text document / Detect the Check 3 orientation of text document and rotate image checkbox and scan again.

• Page 741: There Is Not Enough Memory.» Message Is Displayed

  «There is not enough memory.» Message Is Displayed Exit other applications and try again. Check 1 Reduce the resolution or output size and scan again. Check 2 Resolution…

• Page 742: Computer Stops Operating During Scanning

  Computer Stops Operating during Scanning Restart the computer, reduce the output resolution in ScanGear (scanner Check 1 driver) and scan again. Refer to «Output Settings» for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. Delete unnecessary files to obtain sufficient free hard disk space, then scan Check 2 again.

• Page 743: Scanner Does Not Work After Upgrading Windows

  If you are logged on to an administrator account, follow the on-screen instructions. • Windows XP: 1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs. 2. Select Canon IJ Scan Utility, then click Change/Remove. 3. When a confirmation appears, click Yes. 4. When uninstallation is complete, click OK.

• Page 744
  Step 3: Reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility. Reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility from the Setup CD-ROM or the web page.

• Page 745: Scanned Image Does Not Open

  Scanned Image Does Not Open If the data format is not supported by the application, scan the image again and Check select a popular data format such as JPEG when saving it. Refer to the application’s manual for details. If you have any questions, contact the manufacturer of the application.

• Page 746: Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory

  Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Original Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer Monitor…

• Page 747: Scan Quality (Image Displayed On The Monitor) Is Poor

  Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor If the image is jagged, increase the scanning resolution, or select TIFF or PNG Check 1 in Data Format of the Settings dialog box. Resolution Settings Dialog Box Set the display size to 100 %. Check 2 Some applications do not display images clearly if the display size is too small.

• Page 748
  • On the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear, set Image Adjustment in Image Settings to None. Refer to «Image Settings» for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. • On the Color Settings tab in the Preferences dialog box of ScanGear, set Color Matching. Refer to «Color Settings Tab»…

• Page 749: Scanned Image Is Surrounded By Extra White Areas

  Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Specify the scan area. Check Click (Auto Crop) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) to automatically display the cropping frame (scan area) according to the item size. You can also manually specify the scan area in thumbnail view or when there are white margins along the item (for example, in photos), or when you want to create custom cropping frames.

• Page 750: Cannot Scan At The Correct Size

  Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Make sure that the items are placed correctly. Check Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)

• Page 751: Original Is Placed Correctly, But The Scanned Image Is Slanted

  Original Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted When Document or Magazine is selected for Select Source, deselect the Check Correct slanted text document checkbox and scan the item again. Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box…

• Page 752: Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) On The Computer Monitor

  Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer Monitor Change the display setting in the application. Check 1 Refer to the application’s manual for details. If you have any questions, contact the manufacturer of the application. Note • You cannot reduce the image size in Paint. To reduce the display size, open the images in an application. Change the resolution setting in ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again.

• Page 753: Software Problems

  Software Problems The E-mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E-mail Client…

• Page 754: The E-Mail Client You Want To Use Does Not Appear In The Screen For Selecting An E-Mail Client

  The E-mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E-mail Client Check that the e-mail client’s MAPI is enabled. Check Refer to the e-mail client’s manual for how to set MAPI. If the problem is not solved even when MAPI is enabled, select None (Attach Manually) in the screen for selecting an e-mail client, then manually attach the image to the outgoing e-mail.

• Page 755: Ij Scan Utility Error Messages

  IJ Scan Utility Error Messages If an error message for IJ Scan Utility appears, check the error code and follow the corresponding solution. Solution Error Code Error Message There is not enough memory. Exit other applications to • The memory required to start IJ increase available memory.

• Page 756
  You do not have the required privileges to access the • Grant access permission to the specified folder. specified folder.

• Page 757: Scangear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages

  ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages If an error message for ScanGear (scanner driver) appears, check the error code and follow the corresponding solution. Solution Error Code Error Message Error in scanner. • Make sure that your scanner or Turn off scanner and follow instructions in User’s printer and the computer are Guide.

• Page 758
  Please check and try again. Click [Scanner Selection] if you want to select another scanner. Scanner driver will be closed. Running out of memory. • The memory required to start Increase available memory. ScanGear (scanner driver) cannot be Scanner driver will be closed. obtained;…
• Page 759
  • Your application may not properly comply with TWAIN. Scan using another application. There is not enough free disk space to complete the • Delete unnecessary files on the hard scan. disk and scan again. Scanner driver will be closed. The scanner is not available while in use by another •…

• Page 760: Mechanical Problems

  Mechanical Problems Power Does Not Come On Power Shuts Off By Itself USB Connection Problems Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows)

• Page 761: Power Does Not Come On

  Make sure power plug is securely connected to machine, and then turn it back Check2 Unplug machine, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and Check3 turn it on again. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 762: Power Shuts Off By Itself

  • If you are using a Mac OS and if you do not want the machine to turn off automatically: Open Canon IJ Printer Utility, select Power Settings in the pop-up menu, and then select Disable for Auto Power Off on Auto Power.

• Page 763: Usb Connection Problems

  USB Connection Problems Printing or Scanning Is Slow/Hi-Speed USB Connection Does Not Work/»This device can perform faster» Message Appears (Windows) If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the machine operates at the slower speed of USB 1.1. In this case, the machine works properly but printing or scanning speed may slow down due to the communication speed.

• Page 764: Cannot Communicate With Machine Via Usb

  Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB Make sure machine is turned on. Check1 Connect USB cable properly. Check2 As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the machine. Do not start IJ Network Tool while printing. Check3 Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running.

• Page 765: Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows)

  Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows) Is printer status monitor enabled? Check Make sure that Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor. 1. Open printer driver setup window. How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2.

• Page 766: Installation And Download Problems

  Installation and Download Problems Cannot Install MP Drivers Easy-WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy-WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear (Windows) Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows) Uninstalling IJ Network Tool…

• Page 767: Cannot Install Mp Drivers

  2. Double-click CD-ROM icon in the window that appears. If the contents of the CD-ROM appear, double-click MSETUP4.EXE. If you cannot install the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM, install them from the Canon website. Note • If the CD-ROM icon does not appear, try the following: •…

• Page 768
  MP Drivers. Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website. Note • If the installer was stopped due to a Windows error, Windows operation may be unstable, and you may not be able to install the drivers.

• Page 769: Easy-Webprint Ex Does Not Start Or Easy-Webprint Ex Menu Does Not Appear (Windows)

  Is Canon Easy-WebPrint EX displayed on Toolbars menu in Internet Check1 Explorer’s View menu? If Canon Easy-WebPrint EX is not displayed, Easy-WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer. Install the latest version of Easy-WebPrint EX from the Canon website. Note •…

• Page 770: Updating Mp Drivers In Network Environment (Windows)

  Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows) Download the latest MP Drivers. The latest MP Drivers for your model are available for download on the Canon website. Uninstall the existing MP Drivers and follow the installation instructions to install the latest MP Drivers that you downloaded.

• Page 771: Uninstalling Ij Network Tool

  1. Select Control Panel from Settings charm in Desktop > Programs > Programs and Features. 2. Select Canon IJ Network Tool from program list, and then click Uninstall. If User Account Control screen appears, click Continue. • Windows 7 or Windows Vista: 1.

• Page 772
  Tool, and then drag Canon IJ Network Tool icon into Trash. 2. Restart computer. Empty the Trash and restart your computer. Note • To reinstall IJ Network Tool, uninstall IJ Network Tool and install it again from the Canon website.

• Page 773: Errors And Messages

  Errors and Messages An Error Occurs Message Appears Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device…

• Page 774: An Error Occurs

  An Error Occurs If an error occurs in printing, for example if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message. When an error occurs, the Alarm lamp flashes and a support code (error number) appears on the computer screen.

• Page 775
  9 flashes Protective material or tape may still be attached to FINE cartridge 1890 holder. 10 flashes Loaded paper is not compatible with automatic duplex printing. 1310 11 flashes Cannot perform printing with current print setting. 4103 12 flashes Specified data cannot be printed. 4100 13 flashes Ink may have run out.
• Page 776
  • For Mac OS: * The screen differs depending on the OS you are using. Note • You can also search for details on resolving the errors indicated by the support code shown. Search To resolve errors that do not have support codes, see Message Appears.

• Page 777: Message Appears

  Message Appears This section describes some of the errors and messages that may appear. Note • A support code (error number) is displayed on the computer for some errors. For details on errors that have support code, see List of Support Code for Error.

• Page 778
  Faxes. 3. Open printer driver properties. • In Windows 8.1, Windows 8, or Windows 7, right-click «Canon XXX series Printer» icon (where «XXX» is your machine’s name), and then select Printer properties. • In Windows Vista or Windows XP, right-click «Canon XXX series Printer» icon (where «XXX» is your machine’s name), and then select Properties.
• Page 779
  Check4 Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website. When machine is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check Check5 device status from your computer.
• Page 780
  • «Could not print Application name — File name» Try printing again once the current job is complete. Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed (Windows) If the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is installed, a screen appears asking for permission to send the machine and application usage information every month for about ten years.
• Page 781
  If you are logged in on an account with administrator privileges, follow the on-screen instructions. 2. Select Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program. 3. Select Change. If you select Yes after you have followed the on-screen instructions, the confirmation screen will appear at the time of the next survey.
• Page 782
  • To uninstall Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program: 1. Stop Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program. Changing setting: 2. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click the Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder. 3. Move Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.app to Trash.
• Page 783
  To display the confirmation screen every time the printer usage information is sent or to resume surveying, follow the procedure below. 1. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click the Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder.

• Page 784: Error Message Appears On Pictbridge (Wireless Lan) Compliant Device

  Follow the instructions below to resolve them. Note • This section describes errors that appear on Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices. The error messages and operations may vary depending on the device you are using. For errors on other brands of PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices, check the status of the Alarm lamp and take the appropriate action to clear the error.

• Page 785
  An error requiring servicing may have occurred. Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 786: If You Cannot Solve A Problem

  If You Cannot Solve a Problem If there is a problem that you cannot solve following the instructions in this chapter, contact Canon through the Support page of the Canon website or contact your nearest Canon service center. Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers.

• Page 787: List Of Support Code For Error

  List of Support Code for Error Support code appears on your computer screen when errors occur. A «support code» is an error number, and appears along with an error message. When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the computer screen and take the appropriate action in response.

• Page 788
  For paper jam support codes, see also List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams).

• Page 789: List Of Support Code For Error (Paper Jams)

  List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below. • If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot: 1300 • If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot: 1303 •…

• Page 790
  1300 Cause Paper is jammed in paper output slot. What to Do If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot, remove the paper by following these steps. 1. Slowly pull out paper. Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it. Important •…
• Page 791
  • We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5 paper may curl and jam as it leaves the machine. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 792
  1303 Cause Paper is jammed near transport unit. What to Do If you cannot see the paper at the paper output slot, remove the paper from the transport unit. To remove the paper, follow these steps. Note • If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the machine to remove it, press the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the machine.
• Page 793
  5. Pull out jammed paper slowly. Support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall over as you pull out the jammed paper. Note • If the paper is rolled up and difficult to remove, pull out the edge of the paper first. •…
• Page 794
  7. Plug machine back in and turn it back on. 8. Reload paper. All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 795
  1304 Cause Paper is jammed during automatic duplex printing. What to Do If the paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing, remove the paper by following these steps. Note • If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the machine to remove it, press the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the machine.
• Page 796
  4. Push open lever to open transport unit. Support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall over when you open or close the transport unit. 5. Pull out jammed paper slowly. Support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall over as you pull out the jammed paper. Note •…
• Page 797
  7. Plug machine back in and turn it back on. 8. Reload paper. All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 798: Paper Is Jammed Inside Machine

  Paper Is Jammed inside Machine If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper either from the paper output slot or from the transport unit, or if the jammed paper remains inside the machine, remove the paper following the instructions below.

• Page 799
  4. Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands. If the paper is rolled up, pull out it. 5. Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it. 6. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
• Page 800
  Check the machine again for any remaining bits of paper. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 801: Other Cases

  Other Cases Check the following: Is anything blocking paper output slot? Check1 Is paper curled? Check2 Load the paper after correcting its curl.

• Page 802
  1003 Cause Machine is out of paper or paper does not feed. What to Do Reload the paper and press machine’s Black or Color button. When you load the paper, insert the paper stack until the leading edge touches the far end of the front tray.
• Page 803
  1200 Cause Paper output cover is open. What to Do Close the paper output cover and wait for a while. Do not close it while you are replacing a FINE cartridge.
• Page 804
  1202 Cause Paper output cover is open. What to Do Close the paper output cover.
• Page 805
  1250 Cause Paper output tray is closed. What to Do Open the paper output tray and resume printing.
• Page 806
  1310 Cause Size of paper may not be compatible with automatic duplex printing. What to Do The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 and Letter. Make sure paper of the correct size is loaded. Press the Black or Color button to eject the paper and restart printing from the front of the next piece of paper.
• Page 807
  1401 Cause FINE cartridge is not installed. What to Do Install the FINE cartridge. If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 808
  1403 Cause FINE cartridge cannot be recognized. What to Do Replace the FINE cartridge. If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 809
  1485 Cause Appropriate ink cartridge is not installed. What to Do Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge is not compatible with this machine. Install the appropriate ink cartridge. If you want to cancel printing, press the machine’s Stop button.
• Page 810
  1486 Cause FINE cartridge is not installed in correct position. What to Do Make sure each FINE cartridge is installed in the correct position.
• Page 811
  1487 Cause FINE cartridge is not installed in correct position. What to Do Make sure each FINE cartridge is installed in the correct position.
• Page 812
  1682 Cause FINE cartridge cannot be recognized. What to Do Replace the FINE cartridge. If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 813
  1684 Cause The ink cartridge cannot be recognized. What to Do Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge may not be installed properly or may not be compatible with this machine. Install the appropriate ink cartridge. If you want to cancel printing, press the machine’s Stop button.
• Page 814
  If you want to continue printing without this function, press the machine’s Stop button for at least 5 seconds. Canon recommends to use new genuine Canon cartridges in order to obtain optimum qualities. Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition.
• Page 815
  1687 Cause The FINE cartridge is not installed properly. What to Do Open the paper output cover. When the head cover opens, push up the ink cartridge lock lever to make sure the FINE cartridges are installed properly. After that, close the paper output cover. If the error is not resolved, remove the FINE cartridges and install them again.
• Page 816
  1688 Cause The ink has run out. What to Do Replace the ink cartridge and close the paper output cover. If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, press the machine’s Stop button for at least 5 seconds with the ink cartridge installed.
• Page 817
  1702 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 818
  1703 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 819
  1704 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 820
  1705 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 821
  1712 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 822
  1713 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 823
  1714 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 824
  1715 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 825
  Open the paper output cover and make sure the protective material and tape have been removed from the FINE cartridge holder. If the protective material or tape is still there, remove it and close the paper output cover. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 826
  2100 Cause Paper size in print settings and size of loaded paper do not match. What to Do Check the print settings and the loaded paper, load paper of the correct size, and then press the machine’s Black or Color button. To cancel printing, press the machine’s Stop button.
• Page 827
  2101 Cause Paper size in print settings and size of loaded paper do not match. What to Do Check the print settings and the loaded paper, load paper of the correct size, and then press the machine’s Black or Color button. To cancel printing, press the machine’s Stop button.
• Page 828
  2102 Cause Machine has detected that paper has been fed aligned to one side. What to Do Load the paper into the center of the front tray and slide the paper guides to align with the both edges of the paper stack. Press the machine’s Black or Color button.
• Page 829
  2103 Cause Machine cannot detect paper size. What to Do Press the machine’s Stop button and try to print again. If this error still occurs even after printing again, set the machine not to detect the paper width by using the operation panel, the printer driver, or Remote UI.
• Page 830
  2900 Cause Scanning print head alignment sheet failed. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button. Check the following points, perform automatic print head alignment again. • Make sure the print head alignment sheet is set in the correct position and orientation on the platen glass.
• Page 831
  2901 Cause Print head alignment pattern has been printed and machine is waiting to scan sheet. What to Do Scan the printed alignment pattern. 1. Load print head alignment sheet on platen glass. Place the printed side down and align the mark in the upper left corner of the sheet with the alignment mark 2.
• Page 832
  3402 Cause Machine could not make copies because its memory is full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button. Wait a while and retry copying.
• Page 833
  3403 Cause Machine could not make copies because its memory is full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button. Wait a while and retry copying.
• Page 834
  3405 Cause Machine could not make copies because its memory is full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button. Wait a while and retry copying.
• Page 835
  3412 Cause Scanning original has failed. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button, and then follow the actions below. • Make sure that the original is placed on the platen glass. • Make sure that the original is set in the correct position and orientation. After carrying out the above actions, retry scanning or copying.
• Page 836
  4100 Cause Specified data cannot be printed. What to Do If you are printing CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM contents, check the message shown your computer, make sure genuine Canon FINE cartridges are installed properly for all colors, and retry the printing.
• Page 837
  4103 Cause Cannot perform printing with current print settings. What to Do Press the machine’s Stop button to cancel printing. Then change the print settings and retry printing.
• Page 838
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 839
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 840
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 841
  FINE cartridges are installed properly. After that, close the paper output cover. Turn the machine back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • When clearing an impediment to FINE cartridge holder motion, be careful not to touch clear film (A).
• Page 842
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 843
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 844
  5B02 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 845
  5B03 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 846
  5B04 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 847
  5B05 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 848
  5B12 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 849
  5B13 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 850
  5B14 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 851
  5B15 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 852
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 853
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 854
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 855
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 856
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 857
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 858
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 859
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 860
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 861
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 862
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 863
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 864
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 865
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 866
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 867
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 868
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 869
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 870
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 871
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 872
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 873
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 874
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 875: B202

  B202 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 876: B203

  B203 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 877: B204

  B204 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 878: B205

  B205 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

1. Manuals
2. Brands
3. Canon Manuals
4. Printer
5. MG3600 series
6. Online manual

• Page 1: Online Manual

  MG3600 series Online Manual Read Me First Printer Functions Overview Printing Copying Scanning Troubleshooting English…

• Page 2: Table Of Contents

  Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center……..

• Page 3
  Adding a PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link User……… . 135 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center……..
• Page 4
  Aligning the Print Head Position…………186 Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically.
• Page 5
  Canon IJ Network Tool Screen……..
• Page 6
  Connection Performance Measurement Screen……..294 Maintenance Screen.
• Page 7
  Canon IJ Printer Driver……..
• Page 8
  Canon IJ Status Monitor Description……..
• Page 9
  Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device….PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Print Settings……….511 Copying.
• Page 10
  Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fading Correction, etc.). 605 Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern……… 609 Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance.
• Page 11
  Network Communication Problems……… Cannot Find Machine on Network.
• Page 12
  Back of Paper Is Smudged…………754 Vertical Line Next to Image.
• Page 13
  Installation and Download Problems……..Cannot Install MP Drivers.
• Page 14
  1705…………..852 1712.
• Page 15
  6800…………..886 6801.

• Page 16: Notes On Site Usage And Cookies

  • Reproduction, diversion or copying of any text, photo or image published in this site, in whole or in part, is prohibited. • In principle, Canon shall change or delete the contents of this site without prior notice to customers. In addition, Canon may suspend or stop the disclosure of this site due to unavoidable reasons. Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion of information in this site, or suspension/stoppage of disclosure of this guide.

• Page 17
  • In Mozilla Firefox 1. Select (Menu) > Print > Page Setup..2. Select the Print Background (colors & images) checkbox in Format & Options. • In Google Chrome 1. Select (Chrome Menu) > Print..2. Select the Background graphics checkbox in Options. For Mac OS: To print background colors and images, follow the steps below to display the Print dialog options, then select the Print backgrounds checkbox.

• Page 18: Using This Online Manual

  Using This Online Manual Symbols Used in This Document Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows) Symbols Used in This Document Warning Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation. Caution Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment.

• Page 19: Trademarks And Licenses

  Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries. • Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc. Note • The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.

• Page 20
  1. Definitions. «License» shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. «Licensor» shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License.
• Page 21
  their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.
• Page 22
  goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages. 9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License.

• Page 23: Search Tips

  Enter keywords in the search window and click (Search). You can search for target pages in this guide. Entry example: «(your product’s model name) load paper» Search Tips You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window. Important •…

• Page 24
  Note • The displayed screen varies depending on your product. • Searching for Application Functions Enter your application’s name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example: When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden Enter «My Image Garden collage»…

• Page 25: Using The Machine

  Using the Machine Printing Photos from a Computer Copying Originals…

• Page 26: Printing Photos From A Computer

  Printing Photos from a Computer This section describes how to print photos with My Image Garden. This section uses windows displayed when the Windows 8.1 operating system (hereinafter referred to as Windows 8.1) is used. 1. Open the front cover (A). 2.

• Page 27
  8. Click the My Image Garden icon (F) in Quick Menu. The Guide Menu screen is displayed. Note • The number and types of icons displayed vary depending on your region, the registered printer/ scanner and the installed applications. 9. Click the Photo Print icon (G). 10.
• Page 28
  11. Click the photos (I) you want to print. For Windows: To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the Ctrl key. For Mac OS: To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the command key. 12.
• Page 29
  My Image Garden Guide (Mac OS)

• Page 30: Copying Originals

  Copying Originals This section describes how to load originals and copy them to plain paper. 1. Open the front cover (A). 2. Extend the paper support (B). 3. Load paper vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN. Push the paper stack all the way to the back of the front tray. 4.

• Page 31
  8. Open the document cover (F). 9. Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO COPY FACING DOWN and align it with the alignment mark (G). 10. Close the document cover gently. 11. Press the Paper button (H) to light the upper Paper lamp (I). 12.
• Page 32
  Note • For details on copy features, see Copying.

• Page 33: Printer Functions

  Easy Scan with the Auto Function Scan Originals Larger than the Platen Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY Printing with Windows RT Checking Printer Information…

• Page 34: Connect Wirelessly With Ease In «Access Point Mode

  Connect Wirelessly with Ease in «Access Point Mode» The machine supports «access point mode» in which you can connect to the machine wirelessly from a computer or smartphone even in an environment without an access point (wireless router). Switch to «access point mode» with simple steps to enjoy scanning and printing wirelessly. When you use the machine with the access point mode, be sure to specify the access point name (SSID) of the machine and the security setting in advance.

• Page 35: Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden

  Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden Organize Images Easily In My Image Garden, you can register the names of people and events to photos. You can organize photos easily as you can display them not only by folder but also by calendar, event, and person.

• Page 36
  Place Photos Automatically Delightful items are created easily as the selected photos are placed automatically according to the theme. Other Various Functions My Image Garden has many other useful functions. Refer to the following for details. What You Can Do with My Image Garden (Windows) What You Can Do with My Image Garden (Mac OS)

• Page 37: Download A Variety Of Content Materials

  PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via My Image Garden or Easy-PhotoPrint+. Downloaded PREMIUM Contents can be printed directly with My Image Garden or Easy-PhotoPrint+. To download PREMIUM Contents, make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks/ink cartridges are installed for all colors on a supported printer.

• Page 38: Print Items With Easy-Photoprint+ (Web Application)

  Print Items with Easy-PhotoPrint+ (Web Application) You can easily create and print personalized items such as calendars and collages, anytime and anywhere, by simply accessing Easy-PhotoPrint+ on the web from a computer or tablet. By using Easy-PhotoPrint+, you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble of installation.

• Page 39: Available Connection Methods

  Available Connection Methods The following connection methods are available on the machine. Wireless Connection • With a wireless router • Without a wireless router USB Connection Wireless Connection There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device (such as a smartphone). One method is to connect using a wireless router, and the other method is to connect without using a wireless router.

• Page 40: Usb Connection

  ◦ When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is displayed in the device’s screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router. • Connection without Using a Wireless Router ◦…

• Page 41: Direct Connection (Windows Xp)

  Direct Connection (Windows XP) Restrictions (Appears in a new window) 1. If the Wi-Fi lamp (A) on the printer is flashing, press the Stop button (B). 2. Press and hold the Wi-Fi button (C) on the printer until the ON lamp (D) flashes. Check the SSID and network key of your printer.

• Page 42
  6. Enter the Password (Network key), then click Connect. 7. When connection is complete, click Back until the screen below appears. Proceed with the setup.

• Page 43: Restrictions

  Restrictions When connecting another device while a device (such as a smartphone) is already connected to the printer, connect it using the same connection method as the connected device. If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled. Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired connection.

• Page 44
  • In Direct Connection mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again. •…

• Page 45: Easy Scan With The Auto Function

  Easy Scan with the Auto Function By using the auto function of IJ Scan Utility, you can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type. Refer to the following for details. Easy Scanning with Auto Scan (Windows) Easy Scanning with Auto Scan (Mac OS)

• Page 46: Scan Originals Larger Than The Platen

  Scan Originals Larger than the Platen By using the stitch function of IJ Scan Utility, you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image. Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported.

• Page 47: Scan Multiple Originals At One Time

  Scan Multiple Originals at One Time By using IJ Scan Utility, you can scan two or more photos (small items) placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually. Refer to the following for details. Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time (Windows) Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time (Mac OS)

• Page 48: Using Pixma/Maxify Cloud Link

  Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • Print images from a photo-sharing service •…

• Page 49: Notice For Web Service Printing

  Canon shall not be held responsible for any damages resulting from such actions. • In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use of the web services.

• Page 50: Using Pixma/Maxify Cloud Link From Your Printer

  Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Before Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Registering Printer Information to PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Cloud Troubleshooting…

• Page 51: Before Using Pixma/Maxify Cloud Link

  ◦ The printer must support a color LCD monitor. ◦ Your printer may not support the scan function. ◦ The printer must support the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. Some models do not support this function. To check whether your model supports this function, see «Models that Support Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center».

• Page 52
  ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;…

• Page 53: Registering Printer Information To Pixma/Maxify Cloud Link

  If the Security code is incorrect, use your smartphone, tablet, or computer, and change the setting from the My account of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. 3. When the registration preparation completed screen appears, select OK 4. On the confirmation screen, select Next 5.

• Page 54
  <Privacy statement> Note • If you select Do not agree, a confirmation screen asking whether you want to cancel Register My account appears. If you select Yes, then Register My account is canceled, and you return to the Home screen. Even if you select Do not agree, you can still use this service by selecting Agree from the registration screen later.

• Page 55: Application Management

  Important • Select how to manage allows you to change which users can use this service. For details, see «Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window». Add apps You can add your favorite apps to the printer. Follow the steps described below to add apps.

• Page 56
  Note • Description of displayed icons : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. 6. Select Register The registration is completed and the app is added to the apps list. To register another app, repeat the procedure from step 5.
• Page 57
  : Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region, model, or language. : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. 5. Select Delete When the deletion is finished, the app will be deleted from the apps list on the main screen.
• Page 58
  Note • Description of displayed icons : Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region, model, or language. : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. 5. Use buttons to move the app…
• Page 59
  6. Select Done Sorting is complete. To continue the sorting, repeat the procedure from step 4. To end the sorting, select Back and return to the cloud’s Main screen.

• Page 60: Using Pixma/Maxify Cloud Link

  Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example. Important • The available functions differ depending on the app. • The printing procedure differs depending on the app. • You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand.

• Page 61
  4. In the displayed image list, select the image that you want to print, and then select Next 5. Make the necessary print settings, and then select Color A message that indicates the completion of issuing print job appears, and printing starts. To continue printing, select Continue, and perform the operation from Step 3.
• Page 62
  Note • To leave a usage history of this service, from the Home window on the operation panel, select Setup -> Web service setup -> Web service connection setup -> IJ Cloud Printing Center setup -> History setting for this service -> Save. Cloud Troubleshooting…

• Page 63: Cloud Windows

  This section describes the Main screen of Cloud and the services available on the Main screen. Important • Select how to manage allows you to change which users can use this service. For details, see «Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window». When you select Cloud from the printer home screen, the cloud’s Main screen appears.

• Page 64
  • Description of displayed icons : Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region, model, or language. : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. (2) Add/delete button Use this button to add, delete, and sort apps.

• Page 65: Legal Information

  Settings Select this to set the Time zone. Select your region on the list. For some regions, you can set whether or not to apply the daylight saving time setting. Important • If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your region. Legal information This shows the License agreement and Privacy statement.

• Page 66: Cloud Troubleshooting

  Cloud Troubleshooting If you cannot print Check the following if you cannot print. • Check that the printer is connected to the Internet. • Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet. •…

• Page 67: Using Pixma/Maxify Cloud Link From Your Smartphone, Tablet, Or Computer

  Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or Computer Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Adding a Printer Adding a PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link User…

• Page 68: Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

  Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is a service that links with the cloud function of the printer and allows you to perform operations such as registering and managing apps from your smartphone or tablet device, and checking the print status, print error, and ink status of the printer.

• Page 69: Requirements For Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Operation

  Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Computer x86 or x64 1.6 GHz or higher 2 GB or higher Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher Monitor display Number of display colors 24 bits (true-color) or higher Browser Internet Explorer 9…

• Page 70: Registering User Information To Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

  Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information. If your model has color LCD monitor If your model has monochrome LCD monitor…

• Page 71: Registering User Information To Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (Color Lcd Monitor)

  Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (Color LCD Monitor) To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information. Registering from Printer 1. Check that the printer is connected to the Internet 2.

• Page 72
  To return to the cloud main screen, select Exit. Note • You must have a special app to read QR codes from your smartphone or tablet. If you do not have an app that reads QR codes on your smartphone or tablet, install one from App Store or Google Play.
• Page 73
  In the displayed screen, enter the E-mail address that you want to register, and then select Continue registration. Note • If you enter an e-mail address that has already been registered, you will receive an «already registered» e-mail. Follow the instructions in the e-mail, and register a different e-mail address. Important •…

• Page 74: User Registration

  1. Check that e-mail containing URL has been sent to registered e-mail address, and access URL 2. In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, read the statements, and select Agree if you agree…

• Page 75
  3. Register password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen, enter the password you want to register into Password and Password (Confirmation), and then select Next.
• Page 76
  Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below. • The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!»#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 4. Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use. Important •…
• Page 77
  The registration is complete. A registration completion message is displayed. When you select the OK button in the message, the login screen is displayed. Enter the registered E-mail address and Password, and Log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center…

• Page 78: Monitor)

  Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (Monochrome LCD Monitor) To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information. Print registration information from the printer 1. On the printer operation panel, select the Setup button, and then select Web service setup ->…

• Page 79
  2. When the printer registration screen is displayed, select Create new account 3. Enter the E-mail address and Printer registration ID of the printer’s owner, and then select OK The registration page URL is sent to the e-mail address entered.
• Page 80
  User Registration 1. Check that e-mail containing URL has been sent to entered e-mail address, and access 2. In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, read the statements, and select Agree if you agree…
• Page 81
  3. Register password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen, enter the password you want to register into Password and Password (Confirmation), and then select Next.
• Page 82
  Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below. • The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!»#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 4. Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use. Important •…
• Page 83
  The registration is complete. A registration completion message is displayed. When you select the OK button in the message, the login screen is displayed. Enter the registered E-mail address and Password, and Log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center…

• Page 84: Printing Your Printer Registration Id

  • Some models do not support this function. To add a printer by using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you will need a Printer registration ID. From the operation panel of this printer, print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID.

• Page 85
  3. In the registration confirmation window, Select Yes 4. In the print settings, select the display language 5. Follow the instructions displayed in the window, and print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID When you set A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper and select OK, the authentication site URL and your Printer registration ID are printed.

• Page 86: Registering User Information To Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (No Lcd Monitor)

  Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (No LCD Monitor) To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information. Registering from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or Computer 1.

• Page 87
  In the displayed screen, enter the E-mail address that you want to register, and then select Continue registration. Note • If you enter an e-mail address that has already been registered, you will receive an «already registered» e-mail. Follow the instructions in the e-mail, and register a different e-mail address. Important •…
• Page 88
  1. Check that e-mail containing URL has been sent to registered e-mail address, and access URL 2. In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, read the statements, and select Agree if you agree…
• Page 89
  3. Register password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen, enter the password you want to register into Password and Password (Confirmation), and then select Next.
• Page 90
  Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below. • The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!»#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 4. Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use. Important •…
• Page 91
  The registration is complete. A registration completion message is displayed. When you select the OK button in the message, the login screen is displayed. Enter the registered E-mail address and Password, and Log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center…

• Page 92: Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

  Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When the user registration is completed, you can log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and use the service. 1. From your PC, smartphone, or tablet, access the service login URL (http://cs.c-ij.com/) 2.

• Page 93
  • This is available if you are using a smartphone or tablet. Note • You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jpg and jpeg file formats. 1. On the Main screen, select the app to be used 2. Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen, and then select Log in 3.
• Page 94
  4. In the displayed image list, select the image that you want to print, and then select Next 5. Make the necessary print settings, and then select Print…
• Page 95
  6. A print job completion message appears, and printing starts To continue printing, select Continue, and perform the operation from Step 3. To end the printing, select Apps. The screen returns to the apps list screen. Important • If a print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued, the print job will expire and cannot be printed.

• Page 96: Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Window

  Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window This section describes the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screens that are displayed on your smartphone, tablet device, or computer. Description of the Login screen Description of the Main screen Description of the Login screen This section provides the description of the Login screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

• Page 97: Description Of The Main Screen

  The licensing information of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is displayed. Description of the Main screen When you log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, the Main screen appears. If you are using a smartphone or a tablet, you can also print photos and documents.

• Page 98
  Select how to manage and set Manage by group (for office users). Mng. printer screen From the Mng. printer screen, you can check update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, copy apps, change printer names, delete printers, and printers.
• Page 99
  • Up to 128 characters (Uppercase and lowercase letters are differentiated.) • Delete printers When you select , the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. When transferring the ownership of the printer, select Clear the information saved on the printer. • Add printers…
• Page 100
  • Although the number of printers that can be registered for one domain is not limited, only up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate. Manage users screen From the Manage users screen, you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, delete…
• Page 101
  Group management screen From the Group management screen, you can use functions for checking group information registered to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, changing groups, deleting groups, adding groups, and setting up users, printers, and apps belonging to each group.
• Page 102
  To switch between app registration/deletion, select Web services Displays the external link service. You can restrict the use of other web services that use Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center accounts such as Easy-PhotoPrint+. To switch between service linking/release, select appears for items that do not have anything selected.
• Page 103
  If you delete all groups, you must create a new one. To set a different management method, set the target method from the Select how to manage screen. • Add group Add a group to be used in Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. Note • You can register up to 20 groups.
• Page 104
  Advanced management screen The Advanced management screen allows you to set the management method for printer users and apps that can be used. To go to the setup screen, select • Require security code Each user can set a Security code, start the app, and perform printing and other operations.
• Page 105
  Manage app availability by user When one printer is used, you can manage the usable apps by user. For usage examples, see «Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (at Home)». Manage by group (for office users) You can manage the usable apps and printers by group.
• Page 106
  The Administrator can change the printer name from the Mng. printer screen of the left context menu. (4) Right context menu When you select , the context menu appears. The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the menu area. symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice.
• Page 107
  From the My account screen, you can display the Permitted services screen and clear any linked service setting. • Help/legal notices The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed. • Log out This opens the Log out screen of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
• Page 108
  (6) Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed: • Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area. • Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area. The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps. The Registered screen lists registered apps.
• Page 109
  On the Search apps screen, the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category. ◦ When you select , the details of the app are displayed. When you select , you can choose to register or unregister the app.
• Page 110
  • Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected. You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred. You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual. Important •…
• Page 111
  This section introduces those functions by using a family of 3 (father, mother, and child) as an example. If the father registers the printer to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, only the father is managed by the service, and the mother and the child cannot use the service unless the father tells them the login E-mail address and Password.
• Page 112
  3. The father selects Add user, and by following the screen instructions, registers the mother and child as users. After this registration is complete, the mother and child can individually use the service. If Father, Mother, and Child Want to Manage Apps Individually…
• Page 113
  After the Administrator (father) specifies settings according to the procedure below, the father, the mother, and the child will be able to manage apps individually. 1. As the Administrator, the father logs in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center selects Advanced management from 2. For Select how to manage, the father selects Set…
• Page 114
  3. The father sets Manage app availability by user and selects OK 4. The screen for checking the management method change appears To complete the setup and return to the Advanced management window, select OK. All registered users can register and delete apps freely.
• Page 115
  Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (at Work) The Group management function allows you take advantage of the many useful functions that the service offers for office use. This section introduces an example in which two printers are used, the Administrator is the senior clerk, and the other members are the company president, the section manager, and the new hire.
• Page 116
  4. The senior clerk selects Advanced management from 5. For Select how to manage, the senior clerk selects Set…
• Page 117
  6. The senior clerk sets Manage by group (for office users) and selects OK Note • If Group management has already been set up, refer to step 10 and the subsequent steps. 7. On the screen for checking management method changes, the senior clerk checks the displayed information and selects OK.
• Page 118
  This appears only if the selected mode is Group management. To complete the setup and display the Group management screen, select OK. Note • With the default settings, the group is named «group1». • With the default settings, all registered users belong to the same group. 8.
• Page 119
  11. On Printers tab, check that all printers are selected 12. On Apps tab, set only Evernote app to…
• Page 120
  To switch between app registration/deletion, select To return to the Group management screen, select Close. This completes the setup of the group to be used by the entire office. Note • The group setup screen displays all users and printers that are registered in the domain. •…
• Page 121
  1. From , select Group management Note • This appears only if Manage by group (for office users) is set in Advanced management. 2. In displayed screen, select Add group…
• Page 122
  3. The senior clerk enters the Group name and selects OK In this field, enter «President» as the president-only group because you will be setting apps that only the president can use. Important • The following restrictions apply to entering the Group name. •…
• Page 123
  6. On the Printers tab, select printer to be used. 7. On the Apps tab, set the Evernote and Facebook apps to…
• Page 124
  To switch between app registration/deletion, select To return to the Group management screen, select Close. The above procedure allows you to set apps that only the president can use. Note • The group setup screen displays all users and printers that are registered in the domain. Limiting Apps That All Members Can Use on Printer To set the apps to be used on the printer, use the following procedure provided by this service.
• Page 125
  Note • This appears only if Manage by group (for office users) is set in Advanced management. 2. For Apps available on printers that do not require a security code, select Settings 3. On Apps tab, set only Evernote app to…
• Page 126
  To switch between app registration/deletion, select To return to the Group management screen, select Close. The above procedure sets up Evernote as the only app that all users can use on the printer. Limiting Apps That Individual Users Can Use on Printer For each user, you can set the apps that the user can use on the printer.
• Page 127
  2. For Require security code, select Set. 3. Select printer for setting up Security code. Security codes identify individual users when multiple users are using a printer. Note • On models where the settings cannot be changed, this function cannot be selected. Some models do not support this function.
• Page 128
  To send a notification e-mail only to users without a Security code, select OK. To display the Security code setup screen when each user logs in and not send the notification e- mail, select Cancel. Important • The following character restriction applies to Security code entries: •…
• Page 129
  7. Enter Security code that you set and Log in Note • If you have not set a Security code, set a Security code from account, and then Log in. 8. Select Facebook app Only the president will be able to use the Facebook app from the printer. Limiting Printers That Individual Users Can Use As an example, this section describes the procedure for setting up one printer for the president and another printer for all users.
• Page 130
  1. From , select Group management Note • This appears only if Manage by group (for office users) is set in Advanced management. 2. Select Settings for the group containing all users…
• Page 131
  3. On the Printers tab, clear printer that was set up for president To return to the Group management screen, select Close. Important • If a user is being managed in multiple groups and an app is deleted or the target printer is changed for one of those groups, the user can still use that app or printer if the one of the other groups allows it.

• Page 132: What Is A Security Code

  Security code to prevent other users from using your account. • This code is valid only when you use MAXIFY Cloud Link from the printer operation panel. You cannot use this code when you access the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from your smartphone, tablet, or computer.

• Page 133: Adding A Printer

  Adding a Printer With one account, you can use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services on multiple printers. The procedure for adding a printer is as follows: If your model has color LCD monitor 1. Check that an e-mail containing the URL has been sent to…

• Page 134
  2. Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen, and then select Log in 3. When printer addition complete message appears, select OK The printer addition process ends, and the main screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center appears. Note •…

• Page 135: Adding A Pixma/Maxify Cloud Link User

  Adding a PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link User Several people can use one printer. This section describes the user addition procedure and the user privileges. Adding a user 1. On the service screen, select Manage users from 2. Select Add user Note •…

• Page 136
  • The maximum number of users that can be added for 1 printer is 20. 3. Enter the e-mail address of the user to be added, and then select OK The URL for completing the registration is then sent to the entered e-mail address. Note •…
• Page 137
  6. Register a password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. On the My Account Registration screen, enter you desired password into Password and Password (Confirmation) and select Next. Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below.
• Page 138
  Important • The user name entry field has the following character restrictions: • The user name must be between 1 and 20 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!»#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 8. Specify the Time zone setting, and select Done Select your region on the list.
• Page 139
  • To send a notification e-mail is sent only to users without a Security code and to set Multiuser mode, select OK. • To set Multiuser mode without sending a notification e-mail, select Cancel. Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center…

• Page 140: Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center

  If the information is still not updated, then check that the product is connected to the Internet. If you do not receive the registration e-mail You may have entered a different e-mail address during the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.

• Page 141
  To display printer information, go to the Online Manual home page, and see «Checking Printer Information» for your model. After resetting the printer, repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning. If you cannot print Check the following if you cannot print.
• Page 142
  Internet connection, and then re-submit the print job. Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything A third party may be able to illegally use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services. If your model has color LCD monitor On the printer’s Home screen, select Setup ->…

• Page 143: Print Easily From A Smartphone Or Tablet With Canon Print Inkjet/Selphy

  Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet/ SELPHY Use Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY to easily print photos saved on a smartphone or tablet wirelessly. You can also receive scanned data (PDForJPEG) directly on a smartphone or tablet without using a computer.

• Page 144: Printing With Windows Rt

  When the connection is complete, the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software, which allows you to specify detailed print settings, is downloaded automatically. By using Canon Inkjet Print Utility, you can check the Printer status and specify detailed print settings. (The available functions will differ depending on your usage environment and connection method.)

• Page 145: Checking Printer Information

  Checking Printer Information You can check the printer status and change the printer settings using the web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer. Note • You can use this function on the following OS and the web browser. • iOS device OS: iOS 6.1 or later Web browser: iOS standard Web browser (Mobile Safari) •…

• Page 146
  If you want to check the printer status and change the printer settings, proceed to the next step. If you do not, close the web browser. 3. Select Log on to check printer status and change printer settings. The Admin password authentication screen is displayed. Important •…
• Page 147
  Device settings This function allows you to change the printer settings such as the quiet setting, the energy saving settings, and the print settings. AirPrint settings This function allows you to specify the AirPrint settings, such as paper size and media type. Web service connection setup This function allows you to register to Google Cloud Print or IJ Cloud Printing Center, or delete a registration.

• Page 148: Handling Paper, Originals, Fine Cartridges, Etc

  Handling Paper, Originals, FINE Cartridges, etc. Loading Paper Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper Loading Envelopes Loading Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass Originals You Can Load How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover Replacing a FINE Cartridge Replacing a FINE Cartridge Checking Ink Status…

• Page 149: Loading Paper

  Loading Paper Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper Loading Envelopes…

• Page 150: Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper

  For details on the Canon genuine paper, see Media Types You Can Use. • You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour Paper SAT213. For the page size and paper weight you can use for this machine, see Media Types You Can Use.

• Page 151
  3. Use the right paper guide (C) to slide both paper guides all the way out. 4. Load the paper in the center of the front tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN. Push the paper stack all the way to the back of the front tray. Important •…
• Page 152
  Note • Do not overload paper by stacking until the top of the stack touches the paper guides. • Load small size paper, such as 4″ x 6″ (10 x 15 cm), by pushing it in all the way to the back of the front tray.
• Page 153
  Important • Be sure to open the paper output tray when printing. If not open, the machine cannot start printing. Note • When printing, select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation panel or printer driver.

• Page 154: Loading Envelopes

  Loading Envelopes You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10. The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope’s direction by specifying with the printer driver properly. Important • Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device is not supported.

• Page 155
  3. Use the right paper guide (C) to slide both paper guides all the way out. 4. Load the envelopes in the center of the front tray WITH THE ADDRESS SIDE FACING DOWN. The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the left side. D: Rear side E: Address side Push the envelopes all the way to the back of the front tray.
• Page 156
  Note • Do not overload envelopes by stacking until the top of the stack touches the paper guides. 6. Open the output tray extension. 7. Open the paper output tray (F) gently, then extend the paper output support (G). Important •…

• Page 157: Loading Originals

  Loading Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass Originals You Can Load How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover…

• Page 158: Loading Originals On The Platen Glass

  Loading Originals on the Platen Glass 1. Open the document cover. 2. Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass. Originals You Can Load Align the corner of the original with the alignment mark Important •…

• Page 159
  Important • After loading the original on the platen glass, be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or scan.

• Page 160: Originals You Can Load

  Originals You Can Load Item Details Types of originals — Text document, magazine, or newspaper — Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) Size (width x height) Max. 8.5 x 11.7 inches (216 x 297 mm) Note • When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen glass, you can load it by removing the document cover from the machine.

• Page 161: How To Detach / Attach The Document Cover

  How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover Detaching the document cover: Hold up the document cover vertically and then pull it up. Attaching the document cover: Fit both hinges (A) of the document cover into the holder (B) and insert both hinges of the document cover vertically as illustrated below.

• Page 162: Replacing A Fine Cartridge

  Replacing a FINE Cartridge Replacing a FINE Cartridge Checking Ink Status…

• Page 163: Replacing A Fine Cartridge

  Replacing a FINE Cartridge When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the ink lamps and the Alarm lamp will flash to inform you of the error. Count the number of flashes and take appropriate action. An Error Occurs Note • For precautionary notes on handling FINE cartridges, see Notes on FINE cartridges.

• Page 164
  it again. Trying to force open the head cover with your hand may cause the machine to malfunction. • Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the machine. • If the paper output cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the FINE cartridge holder moves to the far right and the Alarm lamp lights.
• Page 165
  Important • If you shake a FINE cartridge, ink may spill out and stain your hands and the surrounding area. Handle a FINE cartridge carefully. • Be careful not to stain your hands and the surrounding area with ink on the removed protective tape.
• Page 166
  7. Push up the ink cartridge lock lever to lock the FINE cartridge into place. The FINE cartridge is locked into place when the ink cartridge lock lever clicks. Important • Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly. • The machine cannot print unless both the color FINE cartridge and black FINE cartridge are installed.
• Page 167
  Note • If the Alarm lamp lights or flashes after the paper output cover is closed, take appropriate action. An Error Occurs • When you start printing after replacing the FINE cartridge, the machine starts cleaning the print head automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head.
• Page 168
  Note • If a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, you can print with either color or black FINE cartridge, in whichever ink remains, only for a while. However the print quality may be reduced compared to when printing with both cartridges. We recommend to use a new FINE cartridge in order to obtain optimum qualities.

• Page 169: Checking Ink Status

  Checking Ink Status Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel You can also check the ink status on the computer screen. Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer (Windows) Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer (Mac OS)

• Page 170: Checking The Ink Status With The Ink Lamps On The Operation Panel

  Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps on the Operation Panel Note • The ink level detector is mounted on the machine to detect the remaining ink level. The machine considers as ink is full when a new FINE cartridge is installed, and then starts to detect a remaining ink level.

• Page 171: Maintenance

  Maintenance If Printing Is Faint or Uneven Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows) Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Mac OS) Cleaning…

• Page 172: If Printing Is Faint Or Uneven

  If Printing Is Faint or Uneven Maintenance Procedure Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Cleaning the Print Head Deeply Aligning the Print Head…

• Page 173: Maintenance Procedure

  Maintenance Procedure If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below. Important • Do not rinse or wipe the FINE cartridge. This can cause trouble with the FINE cartridge. Note •…

• Page 174
  From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads (Windows) Cleaning the Print Heads (Mac OS) After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1 If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice: Clean the print head deeply.

• Page 175: Printing The Nozzle Check Pattern

  Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle. Note • If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low.

• Page 176: Examining The Nozzle Check Pattern

  Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary. 1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern A or horizontal white streaks in the pattern B. C: Number of sheets printed so far If there are missing lines in the pattern A: Cleaning the print head is required.

• Page 177: Cleaning The Print Head

  Cleaning the Print Head Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary. 1.

• Page 178: Cleaning The Print Head Deeply

  Cleaning the Print Head Deeply If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply. Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean the print head deeply only when necessary.

• Page 179: Aligning The Print Head

  Aligning the Print Head If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position. Note • If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly. Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low.

• Page 180
  • If the print head alignment sheet was not printed correctly, press the Stop button, then redo this procedure from the beginning. 5. Load the print head alignment sheet on the platen glass. Load the print head alignment sheet WITH THE PRINTED SIDE FACING DOWN and align the mark on the bottom right corner of the sheet with the alignment mark 6.

• Page 181: Performing Maintenance Functions From Your Computer (Windows)

  Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows) Cleaning the Print Heads Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically Aligning the Print Head Position Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning Inside the Printer…

• Page 182: Cleaning The Print Heads

  Cleaning the Print Heads The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle. Perform print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print, even though there is enough ink. The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows: Cleaning 1.

• Page 183
  2. Click Deep Cleaning on the Maintenance tab When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed. Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning. 3.

• Page 184: Cleaning The Paper Feed Rollers

  Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers Cleans the paper feed rollers. Perform feed roller cleaning when there are paper particles sticking to the paper feed rollers and paper is not fed properly. The procedure for performing the feed roller cleaning is as follows: Roller Cleaning 1.

• Page 185: Aligning The Print Head

  Aligning the Print Head When you perform head position adjustment, errors in the print head adjustment position are corrected and conditions such as color and line streaking are improved. If the print results appear uneven because of line shifts or other conditions, adjust the position of the print head.

• Page 186: Aligning The Print Head Position

  Aligning the Print Head Position Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines. This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment. The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows: Print Head Alignment 1.

• Page 187
  When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK. Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks. (A) Least noticeable vertical streaks (B) Most noticeable vertical streaks •…
• Page 188
  When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK. Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks. (A) Least noticeable vertical streaks (B) Most noticeable vertical streaks 11.
• Page 189
  When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK. Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes. (A) Least noticeable horizontal stripes (B) Most noticeable horizontal stripes Note •…

• Page 190: Aligning The Print Head Position Automatically

  Aligning the Print Head Position Automatically Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines. This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment. Normally, the printer is set for automatic head alignment. If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head alignment.

• Page 191: Printing A Nozzle Check Pattern

  Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern. Print the pattern if printing becomes faint, or if a specific color fails to print. The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows: Nozzle Check 1.

• Page 192: Cleaning Inside The Printer

  Cleaning Inside the Printer Perform bottom plate cleaning before you execute duplex printing to prevent smudges on the back side of the paper. Also perform bottom plate cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print data appear on the printed page.

• Page 193: Cleaning

  Cleaning Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning)

• Page 194: Cleaning The Exterior Of The Machine

  Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently. Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning. Important • Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine. •…

• Page 195: Cleaning The Platen Glass And Document Cover

  Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Important • Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine. • Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface.

• Page 196: Cleaning The Paper Feed Roller

  Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly. In this case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only when necessary.

• Page 197: Cleaning The Inside Of The Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning)

  Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning) Remove stains from the inside of the machine. If the inside of the machine becomes dirty, printed paper may get dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly. You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper* * Be sure to use a new piece of paper.

• Page 198
  Note • When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper. If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the machine may be stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like. Important •…

• Page 199: Overview

  Overview Safety Safety Precautions Regulatory Information Main Components and Their Use Main Components Power Supply Changing Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows) Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS) Changing Settings from Operation Panel Initializing Machine Settings Disabling Wireless LAN Function Network Connection Network Connection Tips…

• Page 200
  Keeping Print Quality High Transporting Your Printer Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying Specifications…

• Page 201: Safety

  Safety Safety Precautions Regulatory Information…

• Page 202: Safety Precautions

  Safety Precautions Choosing a location • Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration. • Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty, in direct sunlight, outdoors, or close to a heating source.

• Page 203: Regulatory Information

  20cm between the radiator and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter. Canon U.S.A., Inc. One Canon Park Melville, New York 11747…

• Page 204: Users In Canada

  For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit www.canon- europe.com/weee.

• Page 205: Environmental Information

  Canon does not recommend extending the Activation Times from the optimum ones set as default. ®…

• Page 206: Main Components And Their Use

  Main Components and Their Use Main Components Power Supply…

• Page 207: Main Components

  Main Components Front View Rear View Inside View Operation Panel…

• Page 208: Front View

  Front View (1) paper output support Extend to support ejected paper. (2) paper output tray Printed paper is ejected. (3) paper output cover Open to replace the FINE cartridge or remove jammed paper inside the machine. (4) document cover Open to load an original on the platen glass. (5) paper guides Align with both sides of the paper stack.

• Page 209
  (10) operation panel Use to change the settings of the machine or to operate it. Operation Panel (11) platen glass Load an original here.

• Page 210: Rear View

  Rear View (1) transport unit Open when removing jammed paper. (2) power cord connector Plug in the supplied power cord. (3) USB port Plug in the USB cable to connect the machine with a computer. Important • Do not touch the metal casing. •…

• Page 211: Inside View

  Inside View (1) ink cartridge lock lever Locks the FINE cartridge into place. (2) FINE cartridge (ink cartridges) A replaceable cartridge that integrates print head and ink tank. (3) FINE cartridge holder Install the FINE cartridges here. The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be installed into the right slot.

• Page 212: Operation Panel

  Operation Panel * All lamps on the operation panel are shown lit in the figure below for explanatory purposes. (1) ON lamp Lights after flashing when the power is turned on. Note • You can check the status of the machine by the ON and Alarm lamps. •…

• Page 213
  (5) ink lamps Light or flash when ink runs out, etc. The left lamp indicates the color FINE cartridge status, the right lamp the black FINE cartridge status. (6) Paper button Selects the page size and media type. (7) Paper lamp Lights to indicate the page size and media type selected with the Paper button.

• Page 214: Power Supply

  Power Supply Confirming that the Power Is On Turning the Machine On and Off Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord…

• Page 215: Confirming That The Power Is On

  Confirming that the Power Is On The ON lamp is lit when the machine is turned on. Note • It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine.

• Page 216: Turning The Machine On And Off

  Turning the Machine On and Off Turning on the machine 1. Press the ON button to turn on the machine. The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit. Confirming that the Power Is On Note • It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine. •…

• Page 217
  Note • You can set the machine to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print jobs are sent to the machine for a certain interval. This feature is set to on by default. Managing the Printer Power (Windows) Managing the Printer Power (Mac OS)

• Page 218: Notice For The Power Plug/Power Cord

  Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything unusual described below. • The power plug/power cord is hot. • The power plug/power cord is rusty. •…

• Page 219: Notice For Unplugging The Power Cord

  Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below. Important • When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off. Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the print head and print quality may be reduced.

• Page 220: Changing Settings

  Changing Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows) Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS) Changing Settings from Operation Panel Initializing Machine Settings Disabling Wireless LAN Function…

• Page 221: Changing Printer Settings From Your Computer (Windows)

  Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows) Changing the Print Options Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode…

• Page 222: Changing The Print Options

  Changing the Print Options You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software. Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut off. The procedure for changing the print options is as follows: 1.

• Page 223: Registering A Frequently Used Printing Profile

  Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab. Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time. The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows: Registering a Printing Profile 1.

• Page 224: Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile

  Important • To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options…, and check each item. Note • When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings.

• Page 225: Setting The Ink Cartridge To Be Used

  Setting the Ink Cartridge to be Used This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate FINE cartridge among installed cartridges according to an intended use. When one of the FINE cartridges becomes empty and cannot be replaced immediately by a new one, you can specify the other FINE cartridge that still has ink and continue printing.

• Page 226: Managing The Printer Power

  Managing the Printer Power This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver. The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows: Power Off The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver.

• Page 227
  Note • When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto Power On setting. When the setting is Enable, «Printer is standing by» is displayed. When the setting is Disable,…

• Page 228: Reducing The Printer Noise

  Reducing the Printer Noise The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer. Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night, etc. Using this function may lower the print speed. The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows: Quiet Settings 1.

• Page 229
  Note • The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings.

• Page 230: Changing The Printer Operation Mode

  Changing the Printer Operation Mode If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation. The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows: Custom Settings 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Make sure that the printer is on, and then click Custom Settings on the Maintenance The Custom Settings dialog box opens.

• Page 231
  Detect the paper width when printing from computer When you print from the computer, this function identifies the paper that was loaded into this printer. When the paper width detected by the printer differs from the width of the paper specified in Page Size on the Page Setup tab, a message is displayed.

• Page 232: Changing Settings From Operation Panel

  Changing Settings from Operation Panel Quiet setting Turning on/off Machine Automatically…

• Page 233: Quiet Setting

  Quiet setting Enables this function on the machine if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night. Follow the procedure below to perform setting. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Press and hold Stop button and release it when Alarm lamp flashes 9 times. 3.

• Page 234: Turning On/Off Machine Automatically

  Turning on/off Machine Automatically You can enable the machine to turn on/off automatically considering the environment Turning on Machine Automatically Turning off Machine Automatically Turning on Machine Automatically You can enable the machine to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a computer or printing data is sent to the machine.

• Page 235: Initializing Machine Settings

  When using the machine over wireless LAN, note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine, and printing operation from a computer over network becomes impossible. To use the machine over network, set it up using the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website.

• Page 236: Disabling Wireless Lan Function

  Disabling Wireless LAN Function Follow the procedure below to disable the wireless LAN. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Press and hold Wi-Fi button and release it when ON lamp flashes. 3. Press Black button twice and press Wi-Fi button. When the ON lamp changed from flashing to lit and the Wi-Fi lamp goes off, the wireless LAN is disabled.

• Page 237: Network Connection

  Network Connection Network Connection Tips…

• Page 238: Network Connection Tips

  Network Connection Tips Default Network Settings Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen Another Printer Found with Same Name Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection Printing Network Settings…

• Page 239: Lan Connection Defaults

  Enable/disable WSD (WSD settings) Enable Timeout setting (WSD settings) 1 minute Enable/disable Bonjour (Bonjour settings) Enable Service name (Bonjour settings) Canon MG3600 series LPR protocol setting Enable PictBridge communication Enable («XXXXXX» represents last six digits of machine’s MAC address.) Access Point Mode Defaults…

• Page 240: Another Printer Found With Same Name

  Another Printer Found with Same Name When the printer is found during setup, other printers with the same name may appear on the results screen. Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen. • For Windows: Check the printer’s MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.

• Page 241: Connecting To Another Computer Via Lan/Changing From Usb To Lan Connection

  For Windows: To add a computer to connect to the machine on a LAN or to change from USB to LAN connection, perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. For Mac OS: To connect an additional computer to the machine via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection,…

• Page 242: Printing Network Settings

  Printing Network Settings Use the operation panel to print the machine’s current network settings. Important • The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care. Make sure machine is turned on. Load two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper. 3.

• Page 243
  Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable IP Address *2 IP address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX Subnet Prefix Length *2 Subnet prefix length Default Gateway *2 Default gateway XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX IPsec *3 IPsec setting Active Security Protocol *3 Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH Access Point Mode Access point mode Enable/Disable…
• Page 244
  LPD Printing LPD printing setting Enable/Disable Bonjour Bonjour setting Enable/Disable Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name (Up to 52 alphanumeric characters) PictBridge Commun. PictBridge communication Enable/Disable DNS Server Obtain DNS server address Auto/Manual automatically Primary Server Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX Secondary Server Secondary server address…

• Page 245: Network Communication (Windows)

  Network Communication (Windows) Checking and Changing Network Settings IJ Network Tool (Network Connection) IJ Network Tool (Other Screens) Network Communication Tips…

• Page 246: Checking And Changing Network Settings

  Checking and Changing Network Settings IJ Network Tool Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet Changing WEP Detailed Settings Changing WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings Changing Settings in Wired LAN Sheet Changing Settings in Admin Password Sheet Monitoring Wireless Network Status Changing Settings in Direct Connection Initializing Network Settings Viewing Modified Settings…

• Page 247: Ij Network Tool

  • Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running. • If the firewall function of your security software is turned on, a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If the warning message appears, set the security software to always allow access.

• Page 248: Changing Settings In Wireless Lan Sheet

  Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings.

• Page 249
  Note • Enter the same SSID that the wireless router is configured to use. The SSID is case-sensitive. Encryption Method: Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN. You can change WEP settings with selecting Use WEP and clicking Configuration..Changing WEP Detailed Settings You can change WPA/WPA2 settings with selecting Use WPA/WPA2 and clicking Configuration..

• Page 250: Changing Wep Detailed Settings

  Changing WEP Detailed Settings Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings.

• Page 251
  2. Key Length: Select either 64bit or 128bit. 3. Key Format: Select either ASCII or Hex. 4. Key ID: Select the Key ID (index) set to the wireless router. 5. Authentication: Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer’s access to the wireless router. Normally, select Auto.

• Page 252: Changing Wpa/Wpa2 Detailed Settings

  Changing WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings.

• Page 253
  8. Enter passphrase and click Next>. Enter the passphrase set to the wireless router. The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal value. If you do not know the wireless router passphrase, refer to the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
• Page 254
  Important • If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched, make sure encryption types for the computer and the wireless router match that set to the printer. Note • Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer. In this case, reset Set as Default Printer.

• Page 255: Changing Settings In Wired Lan Sheet

  Changing Settings in Wired LAN Sheet Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. • Enable the wired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet. Start up IJ Network Tool. 2.

• Page 256: Changing Settings In Admin Password Sheet

  Changing Settings in Admin Password Sheet Note • You cannot change the settings when using the direct connection (access point mode). Start up IJ Network Tool. 2. Select printer in Printers:. 3. Select Configuration… on Settings menu. 4. Click Admin Password tab. The Admin Password sheet is displayed.

• Page 257: Monitoring Wireless Network Status

  Monitoring Wireless Network Status Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. • When using the machine over the wired LAN, you cannot monitor network status. Start up IJ Network Tool. 2. Select printer in Printers:. 3.

• Page 258
  6. Check status. When the measurement is complete, the status is displayed. When is displayed in Connection performance between the printer and the wireless router:, the printer can communicate with the wireless router. Otherwise, refer to displayed comments and the following to improve the status of communication link, and click Remeasurement.
• Page 259
  The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other sources of radio interference. Try to keep the printer and the wireless router away from such sources. • Check if the radio channel of the wireless router is close to that of other wireless routers nearby. If the radio channel of the wireless router is close to that of other wireless routers nearby, the connection performance may become unstable.

• Page 260: Changing Settings In Direct Connection

  Changing Settings in Direct Connection Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. • Depending on the printer you are using, «Direct connection» may be referred to as «Access point mode» in the manuals. •…

• Page 261
  Important • You cannot change the encryption method or password depending on the printer you are using. • If you cannot change the settings from the screen above, you can update the SSID (access point name) and password at the same time using the operation panel (You cannot change the encryption method.).

• Page 262: Initializing Network Settings

  CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to perform setup. Note • You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings. To change the network settings using Canon IJ Network Tool, enable wireless LAN in advance.

• Page 263: Viewing Modified Settings

  Viewing Modified Settings The Confirmation screen is displayed after you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen. When you click Yes on the Confirmation screen, the following screen is displayed for checking the modified settings.

• Page 264: Ij Network Tool (Network Connection)

  IJ Network Tool (Network Connection) Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Configuration Screen Wireless LAN Sheet Search Screen WEP Details Screen WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen PSK:Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Setup Information Confirmation Screen Wired LAN Sheet…

• Page 265: Canon Ij Network Tool Screen

  Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.

• Page 266: Canon Ij Network Tool Menus

  Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers: on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information. Important • To change the printer’s network settings using IJ Network Tool, it must be connected via a LAN.

• Page 267
  • If the printer is being used from another computer, a screen is displayed informing you of this condition. Note • This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to check the network settings of the printer and the computer.
• Page 268
  This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer. Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it. Maintenance… Displays the Maintenance screen to return the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive.

• Page 269: Configuration Screen

  Configuration Screen You can change the configuration of the printer selected on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. Click the tab to select the sheet to change the settings. The following screen is the example to change the setting on the Wireless LAN sheet.

• Page 270: Wireless Lan Sheet

  Wireless LAN Sheet Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Allows you to set the printer with wireless LAN connection. To display the Wireless LAN sheet, click the Wireless LAN tab on the Configuration screen. 1.

• Page 271
  As the initial settings, the unique value is displayed. 3. Search… The Search screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect to. Search Screen Note • When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN, the button is grayed out and cannot be selected. Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings.

• Page 272: Search Screen

  Search Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. The wireless routers detected are listed. 1. Detected Wireless Routers: The signal strength from the wireless router, encryption type, name of wireless router, and the radio channel can be checked.

• Page 273
  3. Set Click to set the wireless router’s SSID in SSID: on the Wireless LAN sheet. Note • The WPA/WPA2 Details screen or the WEP Details screen appears if the selected wireless router is encrypted. In this case, configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the wireless router.

• Page 274: Wep Details Screen

  WEP Details Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Specifies the printer WEP settings. Note • When changing the password (WEP key) of the printer, the same change must be made to the password (WEP key) of the wireless router.

• Page 275: Wpa/Wpa2 Details Screen

  WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Specify the printer WPA/WPA2 settings. The value displayed on the screen differs depending on the present settings. 1. Authentication Type: Displays the type of authentication used for client authentication. This machine supports the PSK authentication method.

• Page 276: Authentication Type Confirmation Screen

  Authentication Type Confirmation Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed. 1. Authentication Type Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed. This machine supports the PSK authentication method. This authentication type PSK uses a passphrase.

• Page 277: Psk:passphrase And Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen

  PSK:Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Enter the passphrase and select the dynamic encryption method. 1. Passphrase: Enter the passphrase set to the wireless router. The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal value.

• Page 278: Setup Information Confirmation Screen

  Setup Information Confirmation Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Displays the settings used for client authentication. Check the settings and click Finish.

• Page 279: Wired Lan Sheet

  Wired LAN Sheet Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Allows you to set the printer with wired LAN connection. To display the Wired LAN sheet, click the Wired LAN tab on the Configuration screen. 1.

• Page 280: Admin Password Sheet

  Admin Password Sheet Sets a password for the printer to allow specific people to perform setup and configurations operation. To display the Admin Password sheet, click the Admin Password tab on the Configuration screen. 1. Use admin password Sets an administrator password with privileges to set up and change detailed options. To use this feature, select this check box and enter a password.

• Page 281: Network Information Screen

  Displays the network information that is set for the printers and the computers. To display the Network Information screen, select Network Information from the View menu. 1. OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. 2. Copy All Information All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard.

• Page 282: Access Control Sheet

  Access Control Sheet Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. You can register the MAC addresses or the IP addresses of computers or network devices to allow access. To display the Access Control sheet, click the Access Control tab on the Configuration screen. 1.

• Page 283: When Selecting Ip Address

  1. Enable printer access control(MAC address) Select to enable access control to the printer by MAC address. Note • The two types of access control (i.e., by MAC address and by IP address) can be enabled at the same time. An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected, regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type:.

• Page 284
  1. Enable printer access control(IP address) Select to enable access control to the printer by IP address. Note • The two types of access control (i.e., by MAC address and by IP address) can be enabled at the same time. An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected, regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type:.
• Page 285
  5. Delete Deletes the selected IP address from the list.

• Page 286: Edit Accessible Mac Address Screen/Add Accessible Mac Address Screen

  Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen/Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible MAC Address Screen. 1. MAC Address: Enter the MAC address of a computer or a network device to allow access.

• Page 287: Edit Accessible Ip Address Screen/Add Accessible Ip Address Screen

  Edit Accessible IP Address Screen/Add Accessible IP Address Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible IP Address Screen. 1. Specification Method: Select either Single Address Specification or Range Specification to add the IP address(es).

• Page 288: Ij Network Tool (Other Screens)

  IJ Network Tool (Other Screens) Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Status Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Maintenance Screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Associate Port Screen Network Information Screen…

• Page 289: Canon Ij Network Tool Screen

  Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.

• Page 290
  Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers: on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information. Important • To change the printer’s network settings using IJ Network Tool, it must be connected via a LAN.
• Page 291
  • If the printer is being used from another computer, a screen is displayed informing you of this condition. Note • This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to check the network settings of the printer and the computer.
• Page 292
  This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer. Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it. Maintenance… Displays the Maintenance screen to return the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive.

• Page 293: Status Screen

  Status Screen You can check the printer status and connection performance. To display the Status screen, select Status from the View menu. Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. • When using wired LAN, Signal Strength:, Link Quality: and Advanced Measurement… are not available.

• Page 294: Connection Performance Measurement Screen

  Connection Performance Measurement Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Displays to execute the connection performance measurement. Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Initial Screen) Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Completion Screen) Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Initial Screen) Click Next>…

• Page 295
  1. Connection performance between the printer and the wireless router: A mark indicates the result of the connection performance measurement between the printer and the wireless router. : Good connection performance : Unstable connection performance : Cannot connect : Measurement is canceled, or cannot measure 2.

• Page 296: Maintenance Screen

  Click OK when initialization is complete. Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection, so use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to perform setup. 2. Network Setup of the Card Slot Note •…

• Page 297: Network Setup Of The Card Slot Screen

  Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. To make sure whether this function is available with your printer, refer to List of Function for Each Model. Displays settings of the card slot and allows you to map a card slot on the network as a network drive on the computer.

• Page 298
  1. Skip Completes the setup without mapping a network drive to the card slot. 2. Retry Returns to Network Setup of the Card Slot screen and re-executes the network drive mapping. 3. Cancel Cancels the card slot setup. When IJ Network Tool is running over LAN, the Cancel button is displayed grayed out and cannot be clicked.

• Page 299: Associate Port Screen

  Associate Port Screen Allows you to associate a created port with a printer driver. Select the printer for which you want to change the association and click OK. Note • You cannot print with the printer unless the printer driver is associated with the port. 1.

• Page 300: Network Information Screen

  Displays the network information that is set for the printers and the computers. To display the Network Information screen, select Network Information from the View menu. 1. OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. 2. Copy All Information All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard.

• Page 301: Network Communication Tips

  Network Communication Tips Using Card Slot over Network When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port Technical Terms Restrictions Firewall…

• Page 302: Using Card Slot Over Network

  Using Card Slot over Network Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. To make sure whether this function is available with your printer, refer to List of Function for Each Model. Mounting Card Slot as Network Drive Restrictions on Card Slot Use over Network Mounting Card Slot as Network Drive The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network.

• Page 303
  7. Make sure card slot is mounted. When the card slot is mounted, the following icon appears on Computer (or My Computer). Restrictions on Card Slot Use over Network • The card slot can be shared by multiple computers, if the machine is connected to a network. Multiple computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time.

• Page 304: When Printer Driver Is Not Associated With Port

  When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port If No Driver is displayed for the printer’s name on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen, the printer driver is not associated with a created port. To associate a port with a printer driver, follow the procedure below.

• Page 305: Technical Terms

  Technical Terms In this section, technical terms used in the manual are explained. • Access point mode The machine is used as a wireless router to connect external wireless communication devices (e.g. computers, smartphones, or tablets) in an environment where no wireless router is available. You can connect up to 5 devices to the machine using the access point mode (direct connection).

• Page 306
  When using WEP as an encryption method, the authentication method is able to fix to Open System or Shared Key. For WPA/WPA2, authentication method is PSK. ◦ Auto The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the wireless router. ◦…
• Page 307
  • Firewall It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network. To prevent, you can use the firewall function of a broadband router, the security software installed in the computer, or operation system for computer. • IEEE 802.11b International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 11 Mbps.
• Page 308
  ◦ Hex Specify a 10-digit or 26-digit string that can contain hexadecimal (0 to 9, A to F, and a to f). • Key Length Length of the WEP key. Select either 64 bits or 128 bits. Longer key length allows you to set a more complex WEP key.
• Page 309
  • Signal Strength The strength of the signal received by the printer from the wireless router is indicated with a value from 0 to 100%. • SSID Unique label for wireless LAN. It is often represented such as a network name or a wireless router name.
• Page 310
  • WEP/WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802.11. Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks. This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits, key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal, and key number of 1 to 4. •…
• Page 311
  PIN entry: a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices Push button configuration (PBC): an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push button in the software.

• Page 312: Restrictions

  Restrictions If you use a printer over the wireless LAN, the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems, you should set a network key (WEP or WPA/WPA2) to the wireless router to encrypt wireless transmission. Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi-Fi standard cannot be guaranteed. Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance, such as printing speed.

• Page 313: Firewall

  Firewall A firewall is a function of the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer, and is a system that is designed to prevent unauthorized access to a network. Precautions When Firewall Function is Enabled • A firewall function may limit communications between a printer and a computer. This may disable printer setup and communications.

• Page 314: Ensuring Optimal Printing Results

  Ensuring Optimal Printing Results Ink Tips Printing Tips Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Keeping Print Quality High Transporting Your Printer…

• Page 315: Ink Tips

  Ink Tips How is ink used for various purposes other than printing? Ink may be used for purposes other than printing. Ink is not only used for printing, but also for cleaning the print head to maintain the optimal printing quality. The machine has the function to automatically clean the ink jet nozzles to prevent clogging.

• Page 316: Printing Tips

  Printing Tips Check the machine status before printing! • Is the print head OK? If a print head nozzle is clogged, print will be faint and papers will be wasted. Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head. Maintenance Procedure •…

• Page 317: Be Sure To Make Paper Settings After Loading Paper

  Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper If the media type setting is not the one for the loaded paper, printing results may not be satisfactory. After loading paper, be sure to select the appropriate media type setting for the loaded paper. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory There are various types of paper: paper with special coating on the surface for printing photos with optimal quality and paper suitable for documents.

• Page 318: Canceling A Print Job

  Canceling a Print Job Never press the ON button! If you press the ON button while printing is in progress, the print data sent from the computer queues in the machine and you may not be able to continue to print. Press the Stop button to cancel printing.

• Page 319: Keeping Print Quality High

  Keeping Print Quality High The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging. Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality. Note • Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint- stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.

• Page 320: Transporting Your Printer

  Transporting Your Printer When relocating the machine for changing your living place or repairing it, make sure of the following. Important • Pack the machine in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport.

• Page 321: Legal Restrictions On Scanning/Copying

  Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying It may be unlawful to make copies of, scan, print, or use reproductions of the following documents. The list provided is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction. • Paper money •…

• Page 322: Specifications

  Approx. 449 (W) x 304 (D) x 152 (H) mm * With the Front Cover retracted. Weight Approx. 11.9 lb (Approx. 5.4 kg) * With the FINE Cartridges installed. Canon FINE Cartridge Total 1792 nozzles (BK 640 nozzles, C/M/Y each 384 nozzles)

• Page 323: Copy Specifications

  Copy Specifications Multiple copy max. 21 pages Reduction / Enlargement Fit-to-page Scan Specifications Scanner driver Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA Mac OS: ICA Maximum scanning size A4/Letter, 8.5″ x 11.7″/216 x 297 mm Scanning resolution Optical resolution (horizontal x vertical) max: 1200 x 2400 dpi *1 Interpolated resolution max: 19200 x 19200 dpi *2 *1 Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO 14473.

• Page 324
  The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice. Display XGA 1024 x 768 Other Supported OS Some functions may not be available with each OS. Refer to the Canon web site for details on operation with iOS, Android, and Windows RT. Mobile Printing Capability Apple AirPrint…

• Page 325: Information About Paper

  Information about Paper Media Types You Can Use Paper Load Limit Media Types You Cannot Use Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes Letter, Legal Envelopes…

• Page 326: Media Types You Can Use

  Canon genuine paper, access our website. Note • You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the country or region of purchase. Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number. Purchase paper by name.

• Page 327: Page Sizes

  • 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m ) (plain paper except for Canon genuine paper) Do not use heavier or lighter paper (except for Canon genuine paper), as it could jam in the machine. Notes on Storing Paper •…

• Page 328: Paper Load Limit

  • We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration (except for Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>, Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>, and High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>).

• Page 329
  Paper for printing business documents: Media Name <Model No.> Front Tray Paper Output Tray High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> 80 sheets 50 sheets *1 Proper feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions (either very high or low temperature or humidity).

• Page 330: Media Types You Cannot Use

  • Paper that is too thin (weighing less than 17 lb (64 g /m • Paper that is too thick (plain paper weighing more than 28 lb (105 g /m ), except for Canon genuine paper) • Plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing on paper smaller than A5) •…

• Page 331: Printing Area

  Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes Letter, Legal Envelopes…

• Page 332: Printing Area

  Recommended printing area : Canon recommends that you print within this area. Printable area : The area where it is possible to print. However, printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision.

• Page 333: Other Sizes Than Letter, Legal, Envelopes

  Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes Size Printable Area (width x height) 5.56 x 7.95 inches (141.2 x 202.0 mm) 8.00 x 11.38 inches (203.2 x 289.0 mm) 6.90 x 9.80 inches (175.2 x 249.0 mm) 4″ x 6″ (10 x 15 cm) 3.73 x 5.69 inches (94.8 x 144.4 mm) 5″…

• Page 334: Letter, Legal

  Letter, Legal Size Printable Area (width x height) Letter 8.00 x 10.69 inches (203.2 x 271.4 mm) Legal 8.00 x 13.69 inches (203.2 x 347.6 mm) Recommended printing area A: 1.28 inches (32.5 mm) B: 1.32 inches (33.5 mm) Printable area C: 0.12 inch (3.0 mm) D: 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) E: 0.25 inch (6.4 mm)

• Page 335: Envelopes

  Envelopes Size Recommended Printing Area (width x height) Envelope DL 3.88 x 7.20 inches (98.8 x 183.0 mm) Envelope Com 10 3.68 x 8.04 inches (93.5 x 204.3 mm) Recommended printing area A: 0.31 inch (8.0 mm) B: 1.14 inches (29.0 mm) C: 0.22 inch (5.6 mm) D: 0.22 inch (5.6 mm)

• Page 336: Administrator Password

  Administrator Password Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is specified at the time of purchase. The password is either «canon» or the printer serial number if it is specified. Model whose administrator password is specified as «canon»: •…

• Page 337: Authentication

  Authentication Enter the password when the authentication screen is displayed. Administrator Password You need to enter the user name as well as the password depending on the printer you are using. For more on the user name, see the link above. Important •…

• Page 338: Where Serial Number Is Located

  Where Serial Number Is Located The printer serial number is printed on the sticker attached on the printer. It consists of 9 alphanumeric characters (four alphabets followed by five numbers). Example: Note • The printer serial number is written on the warranty. •…

• Page 339: List Of Function For Each Model

  List of Function for Each Model See below to check the models you can/cannot use the card slot via a network. MG series MX series / MB series / E series / P series / iP series / iX series / iB series / PRO series MG series Model name Using the card slot via a network MG7700…

• Page 340: Printing

  Printing Printing from Computer Printing from Smartphone/Tablet Printing from Digital Camera…

• Page 341: Printing From Computer

  Printing from Computer Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver) Printing from Application Software (Mac OS Printer Driver) Printing Using Canon Application Software Printing Using a Web Service Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with Mac…

• Page 342: Printing From Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)

  Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver) Printing with Easy Setup Basic Various Printing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Overview of the Printer Driver Printer Driver Description Updating the MP Drivers…

• Page 343: Printing With Easy Setup

  Printing with Easy Setup This section describes the simple procedure for setting the Quick Setup tab so that you can carry out appropriate printing on this printer. Check that the printer is turned on Load paper on the printer 3. Open the printer driver setup window 4.

• Page 344
  Important • The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile. 6. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the document is printed with settings that match your purpose. Important • When you select the Always Print with Current Settings check box, all settings specified on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved, and you can print with the same settings from the next time as well.

• Page 345: Paper Settings On The Printer Driver

  Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Plain Paper Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing) Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>…

• Page 346: Various Printing Methods

  Various Printing Methods Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Setting the Stapling Margin Execute Borderless Printing Fit-to-Page Printing Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing Tiling/Poster Printing Booklet Printing Duplex Printing Stamp/Background Printing Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards…

• Page 347: Setting A Page Size And Orientation

  Setting a Page Size and Orientation The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software. When the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the application software, you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab.

• Page 348: Setting The Number Of Copies And Printing Order

  Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows: You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.

• Page 349
  • Print from Last Page: /Collate: 4. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order. Important • When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the settings on the printer driver.

• Page 350: Setting The Stapling Margin

  Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the staple side and the margin width is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Specify the side to be stapled Check the position of the stapling margin from Stapling Side on the Page Setup tab. The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best staple position.

• Page 351
  Note • The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin. 4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab. When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified staple side and margin width. Important •…

• Page 352: Execute Borderless Printing

  Execute Borderless Printing The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area. However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.

• Page 353
  Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing. 4. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider. Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to the left decreases the amount.
• Page 354
  Important • When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print, depending on the size of the paper. Note • When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the full size.

• Page 355: Fit-To-Page Printing

  Fit-to-Page Printing The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be used is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set fit-to-page printing Select Fit-to-Page from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab. 3.

• Page 356
  5. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size.

• Page 357: Scaled Printing

  Scaled Printing The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set scaled printing Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab. 3. Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.

• Page 358
  • Specify a scaling factor Directly type in a value into the Scaling box. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver. 5. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the document will be printed with the specified scale. Important •…
• Page 359
  Note • Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.

• Page 360: Page Layout Printing

  Page Layout Printing The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper. The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.

• Page 361
  Pages To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the number of pages from the list. Page Order To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list. Page Border To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.

• Page 362: Tiling/Poster Printing

  Tiling/Poster Printing The tiling/poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data, divide it into several pages, and print these pages on separate sheets of paper. You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like a poster. The procedure for performing tiling/poster printing is as follows: Setting Tiling/Poster Printing 1.

• Page 363: Printing Only Specific Pages

  If necessary, click Specify…, specify the following settings in the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box, and then click OK. Image Divisions Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal). As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster.

• Page 364
  Note • Click the deleted pages to display them again. • Right-click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages. 2. Complete the setup After completing the page selection, click OK. When you execute print, only specified pages will be printed. Important •…

• Page 365: Booklet Printing

  Booklet Printing The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order, when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.

• Page 366
  Margin for stapling Select which side should the stapling margin be on when the booklet is completed. Insert blank page To leave one side of a sheet blank, check the check box, and select the page to be left blank. Margin Enter the margin width.

• Page 367: Duplex Printing

  Duplex Printing The procedure for printing data on both sides of a sheet of paper is as follows: You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab. Performing Automatic Duplex Printing You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper. 1.

• Page 368
  Use normal-size printing Print without reducing the page. Use reduced printing Reduce the page slightly during printing. 5. Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To change the setting, select another stapling side from the list. 6.
• Page 369
  3. Select the layout Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list. 4. Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To change the setting, select another stapling side from the list. 5.

• Page 370: Related Topics

  Note • If the back side of the paper becomes smudged during duplex printing, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning in the Maintenance tab. Related Topics Cleaning Inside the Printer Changing the Printer Operation Mode…

• Page 371: Stamp/Background Printing

  Stamp/Background Printing Stamp or Background may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used. The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data.

• Page 372: Printing A Background

  3. Select a stamp Check the Stamp check box, and select the stamp to be used from the list. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab. 4. Set the stamp details If necessary, specify the following settings, and then click OK.

• Page 373
  Select Background… button use another background or change the layout or density of a background, click this. Background first page only To print the background only on the first page, check this check box. 5. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab. When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified background.

• Page 374: Registering A Stamp

  Registering a Stamp This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used. You can create and register a new stamp. You can also change and re-register some of the settings of an existing stamp. Unnecessary stamps can be deleted at any time. The procedure for registering a new stamp is as follows: Registering a New Stamp 1.

• Page 375
  4. Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window • Stamp tab Select Text, Bitmap, or Date/Time/User Name that matches your purpose for Stamp Type. ◦ For Text registration, the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline settings.

• Page 376: Changing And Registering Some Of Stamp Settings

  6. Complete the setup Click OK. The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens again. The registered title appears in the Stamp list. Changing and Registering Some of Stamp Settings 1. Select the stamp for which the settings are to be changed Select the Stamp check box in the Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box.

• Page 377: Registering Image Data To Be Used As A Background

  Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used. You can select a bitmap file (.bmp) and register it as a new background. You can also change and register some of the settings of an existing background.

• Page 378: Changing And Registering Some Background Settings

  4. Select the image data to be registered to the background Click Select File..Select the target bitmap file (.bmp), and then click Open. 5. Specify the following settings while viewing the preview window Layout Method Select how the background image data is to be placed. When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.

• Page 379: Deleting An Unnecessary Background

  3. Specify each item on the Background tab while viewing the preview window 4. Save the background Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab. When you want to save the background with a different title, enter a new title in the Title box and click Save. Click OK when the confirmation message appears.

• Page 380: Setting Up Envelope Printing

  Setting Up Envelope Printing The procedure for performing envelope printing is as follows: Load envelope on the printer 2. Open the printer driver setup window 3. Select the media type Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab. 4.

• Page 381
  To hide the guide messages, check the Do not show this message again check box. To show the guide again, click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab, and start the Canon IJ Status Monitor. Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting.

• Page 382: Printing On Postcards

  Printing on Postcards This section describes the procedure for postcard printing. Load postcard on the printer 2. Open the printer driver setup window 3. Select commonly used settings Display the Quick Setup tab, and for Commonly Used Settings, select Standard. 4.

• Page 383
  Canon IJ Status Monitor. On the Option menu, choose Display Guide Message and click Hagaki Printing to enable the setting. • When printing on media other than postcards, load the media according to usage method of that media, and click Start Printing.

• Page 384: Displaying The Print Results Before Printing

  Displaying the Print Results before Printing If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace «Canon IJ Preview» with «Canon IJ XPS Preview» when reading this information. You can display and check the print result before printing. The procedure for displaying the print result before printing is as follows: You can also set the print results display on the Quick Setup tab.

• Page 385: Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)

  Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size) You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Page Size. Such a paper size is called «custom size.» The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows: You can also set a custom size in Printer Paper Size on the Quick Setup tab.

• Page 386
  Important • If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width values, use the application software to set the values. If the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly, perform the above procedure from the printer driver to set the values.

• Page 387: Editing The Print Document Or Reprinting From The Print History

  Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History This function is unavailable when the standard IJ printer driver is used. In the Canon IJ XPS preview window, you can edit the print document or retrieve the document print history to print the document.

• Page 388: Editing And Printing A Print Document

  Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab. 3. Complete the setup Click OK. The Canon IJ XPS Preview will start and the print result will be displayed before printing. 4. Editing print documents and print pages • Combining print documents You can combine multiple print documents to form a single document.

• Page 389: Reprinting From The Print History

  Check the preview before printing. • Depending on the print settings of the print document, some functions may not be available in the Canon IJ XPS preview. Note • You can rename Document Name to any name.

• Page 390: Changing The Print Quality And Correcting Image Data

  Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity…

• Page 391: Setting The Print Quality Level (Custom)

  Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) The print quality level can be set in the Custom. The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Select the print quality On the Main tab, select Custom for Print Quality, and click Set..The Custom dialog box opens.

• Page 392
  Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast…

• Page 393: Printing A Color Document In Monochrome

  Printing a Color Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows: You can also set a grayscale printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.

• Page 394: Specifying Color Correction

  Specifying Color Correction You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed. Normally, when data is printed, the printer driver automatically adjusts the colors. When you want to print by using the color space (sRGB) of the image data effectively, select ICM (ICC Profile Matching).

• Page 395
  Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer. ICM (ICC Profile Matching) Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing. Specify the input profile to be used.

• Page 396: Optimal Photo Printing Of Image Data

  Describes the procedure for printing sRGB data by using the color correction function of the printer driver. • To print using Canon Digital Photo Color The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer, reproducing colors of the original image data and producing three-dimensional effects and high, sharp contrasts.

• Page 397: Adjusting Colors With The Printer Driver

  You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color. When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them, use a printing ICC profile in the application software, and select settings for color management.

• Page 398
  Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast…

• Page 399: Printing With Icc Profiles

  Specify an ICC Profile from the Application Software and Print the Data When you print the editing and touch-up results of Adobe Photoshop, Canon Digital Photo Professional, or any application software that allows you to specify input and printing ICC profiles, you print by effectively using the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data.

• Page 400
  5. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data. Specify an ICC Profile with the Printer Driver, and then Print Print from an application software that cannot identify input ICC profiles or does allow you to specify one by using the color space of the input ICC profile (sRGB) found in the data.
• Page 401
  Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data. Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast…

• Page 402: Adjusting Color Balance

  Adjusting Color Balance You can adjust the color tints when printing. Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color, it changes the total color balance of the document. Use the application software when you want to change the color balance significantly.

• Page 403
  There are individual sliders for Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Each color becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right, and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left. For example, when cyan becomes weaker, the color red becomes stronger. You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider.

• Page 404: Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)

  Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the color balance. When you change the color balance or intensity/contrast of a document, the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list, together with the adjustment values.

• Page 405
  4. Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens, set the following items, and then click OK. Parameters to Adjust Select Cyan/Magenta/Yellow. Important • When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable. Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing.
• Page 406
  Note • Large is about double the size of Medium, and Small is about half the size of Medium. 5. Checking the print results of pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab, select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box. On the Main tab, select OK, and then execute printing.
• Page 407
  Note • You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features. 7. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. Then when you execute printing, the document is printed with the color balance that was adjusted by the pattern print function.

• Page 408: Adjusting Brightness

  Adjusting Brightness You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing. This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate colors. The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed. Light is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected…

• Page 409
  4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the data is printed at the specified brightness. Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast…

• Page 410: Adjusting Intensity

  Adjusting Intensity You can dilute (brighten) or intensify (darken) the colors of the overall image data during printing. The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense when the image data is printed. No adjustment Higher intensity The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows:…

• Page 411
  4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity. Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)

• Page 412: Adjusting Contrast

  Adjusting Contrast You can adjust the image contrast during printing. To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct, increase the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.

• Page 413
  After adjusting each color, click OK. 4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the image is printed with the adjusted contrast. Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity…

• Page 414: Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)

  Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the intensity/contrast. When you change the color balance or intensity/contrast of a document, the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list, together with the adjustment values. Described below is the procedure for adjusting the intensity/contrast while looking at the pattern.

• Page 415
  4. Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens, set the following items, and then click OK. Parameters to Adjust Select Intensity/Contrast. Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing. Note • Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be sizes that cannot be selected.
• Page 416
  On the Color Adjustment tab, select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box. On the Main tab, select OK, and then execute printing. The printer then prints a pattern in which the intensity/contrast that you set is the center value. 6.
• Page 417
  Note • You can also set intensity/contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features. 7. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. Then when you execute printing, the document is printed with the intensity/contrast that was adjusted by the pattern print function.

• Page 418: Overview Of The Printer Driver

  Overview of the Printer Driver Canon IJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Canon IJ Status Monitor Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Canon IJ Preview Deleting the Undesired Print Job Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)

• Page 419: Canon Ij Printer Driver

  Canon IJ Printer Driver The Canon IJ printer driver (called printer driver below) is a software that is installed on your computer for printing data with this printer. The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.

• Page 420: How To Open The Printer Driver Setup Window

  How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software in use or from the printer icon. Open the Printer Driver Setup Window through the Application Software Follow the procedure below to configure printing profile when printing. 1.

• Page 421: Canon Ij Status Monitor

  Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the printer and the progress of printing. You will know the status of the printer with graphics, icons, and messages. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer.

• Page 422: Checking The Ink Status From Your Computer

  Ink Details dialog box. In such cases, take the appropriate action as described on the screen. Note • You can also display the Ink Details dialog box by selecting the ink icon on the Canon IJ Status Monitor.

• Page 423: Canon Ij Preview

  Canon IJ Preview The Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed. The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages.

• Page 424: Deleting The Undesired Print Job

  Deleting the Undesired Print Job If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace «Canon IJ Status Monitor» with «Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor» when reading this information. If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.

• Page 425: Instructions For Use (Printer Driver)

  • Disable ICM required from the application software cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used. • Do not start up the Canon IJ Network Tool while printing. • Do not print when the Canon IJ Network Tool is running.

• Page 426
  3. Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window. 4. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box. 5. Open Word’s Print dialog box again. 6. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK. 7.

• Page 427: Printer Driver Description

  Printer Driver Description Quick Setup tab Description Main tab Description Page Setup tab Description Maintenance tab Description Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ Status Monitor Description…

• Page 428: Quick Setup Tab Description

  Quick Setup tab Description The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered setting, the printer automatically switches to the preset items. Commonly Used Settings The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.

• Page 429
  Check this check box to display a preview before printing. Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview. Important • To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer. Additional Features Displays the frequently used, convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
• Page 430
  4-on-1 Printing Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper. To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout, and click Specify..Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page Order.
• Page 431
  Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction. You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
• Page 432
  Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab. Name Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
• Page 433
  Related Topics Printing with Easy Setup Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Execute Borderless Printing Duplex Printing Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size) Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance…

• Page 434: Main Tab Description

  Main tab Description The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. Unless special printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab. Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.

• Page 435
  Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data. Check this check box to display a preview before printing. Important • To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer. Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.

• Page 436: Color Adjustment Tab

  Color Adjustment Tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast options. Preview Shows the effect of color adjustment. The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted. You can check the color adjustment status easily by changing the preview image to one similar to the results to be printed with Sample Type.

• Page 437
  Print a pattern for color adjustment When the color balance or intensity/contrast is changed, the pattern printing function prints a list of the adjustment results along with the adjustment values. Select this function when printing a pattern for color adjustment. Pattern Print preferences…
• Page 438
  • When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable. Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer. ICM (ICC Profile Matching) Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
• Page 439
  Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Displaying the Print Results before Printing…

• Page 440: Page Setup Tab Description

  Page Setup tab Description The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the document has a similar function, set them with the application.

• Page 441
  Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction. The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally. Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
• Page 442
  Tiling/Poster This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter, such as a poster. Specify… Opens the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
• Page 443
  Collate Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies. Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped together. Important •…
• Page 444
  Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page. Check this check box to print the page border line. Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
• Page 445
  Insert blank page Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet. Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left blank from the list. Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
• Page 446
  Note • Disable ICM required from the application software tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver. Disable the color profile setting of the application software Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application software.
• Page 447
  Note • Scale images using nearest-neighbor interpolation can be used only with the XPS printer driver. Prevention of Print Data Loss You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print the data.

• Page 448: Stamp Tab

  Print semitransparent stamp Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document. Check the Stamp check box to enable this. Check this check box to print a semi-transparent stamp over the printed document page. Uncheck this check box to print the stamp over the document data. The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp.

• Page 449
  TrueType Font Selects the font for the stamp text string. Style Selects the font style for the stamp text string. Size Selects the font size for the stamp text string. Outline Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string. If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.
• Page 450
  Note • Orientation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab. Note • Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the orientation to 0. Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp. Title Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
• Page 451
  Note • Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not be available. • Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the Intensity slider to the middle.

• Page 452: Maintenance Tab Description

  Maintenance tab Description The Maintenance tab allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer. Cleaning Performs print head cleaning. Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles. Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint, or a specific color fails to print, even though all ink levels are sufficiently high.

• Page 453
  Align the print head immediately after installing the print head. When you click Print Head Alignment, the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box is displayed. Nozzle Check Prints a nozzle check pattern. Perform this function if printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print. Print a nozzle check pattern, and check whether the print head is working properly.
• Page 454
  If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer. View Print History This function starts the Canon IJ XPS preview, and displays the print history. Note • You can use this function only with the XPS printer driver.

• Page 455: Initial Check Items

  Note • If you are using the XPS printer driver, the «Canon IJ Status Monitor» becomes the «Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor». About Opens the About dialog box. The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.

• Page 456
  Initial Check Items Before running Nozzle Check, check that the printer power is on, and open the cover of the printer. Check the following items for each ink. • Check the amount of ink remaining in the cartridge. • Make sure that you push in the ink cartridge completely until you hear a clicking sound. •…
• Page 457
  Quiet Settings dialog box When you click Quiet Settings, the Quiet Settings dialog box is displayed. Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer. Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night, etc. Using this function may lower the print speed.
• Page 458
  Detect the paper width when printing from computer When you print from the computer, this function identifies the paper that was loaded into this printer. When the paper width detected by the printer differs from the width of the paper specified in Page Size on the Page Setup tab, a message is displayed.

• Page 459: Canon Ij Preview Description

  Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed. The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages.

• Page 460
  This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings. Help Menu When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ Preview is displayed, and you can check the version and copyright information.
• Page 461
  Start Printing button Prints the documents selected in the document list. The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes. Cancel Printing button Ends the Canon IJ Preview, and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen.

• Page 462: Canon Ij Xps Preview Description

  Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed. The preview reflects the information which is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages.

• Page 463
  Adds the document saved in the print history to the document list. Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview. The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list. This command has the same function as the Exit in the print settings area.
• Page 464
  Delete Document Deletes the selected document from the document list. If the document list contains only one document, the document is grayed out and cannot be selected. This command has the same function as the (Delete Document) on the toolbar. Grayscale Printing Allows you to change the monochrome print settings.
• Page 465
  Move to Last Moves the currently selected page to the end of the document. If the currently selected page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected. View Menu Selects the documents and pages to be displayed. Documents Use the following command to select the document to display.
• Page 466
  Select Page Information, Layout, or Manual Color Adjustment. Help Menu When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ XPS Preview is displayed, and you can check the version and copyright information. (Print) Prints the documents selected in the document list.
• Page 467
  If the document list contains only one document, the document is grayed out and cannot be selected. (Reset Documents) Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview.
• Page 468
  Pages Displays the number of pages in the print document. Important • The number displayed in Pages and the output page count are different. • To check the output page count, check the status bar at the bottom of the preview window. Status Displays the status of the print documents.
• Page 469
  The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list. Print Prints the documents selected in the document list. The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes.

• Page 470: Canon Ij Status Monitor Description

  Icons and messages are displayed when ink is running low (ink level warning). Canon IJ Status Monitor Overview Canon IJ Status Monitor allows you to check the status of the printer and ink with graphics and messages. You can check the information on the printing document and the printing progress during printing.

• Page 471
  Once the print data has been sent, the button is grayed out and becomes unavailable. Option Menu If you select Enable Status Monitor, when a printer related message is generated the Canon IJ Status Monitor starts. When Enable Status Monitor is selected, following commands are available.
• Page 472
  Closes the Ink Details dialog box to return to Canon IJ Status Monitor. Help Menu When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ Status Monitor is displayed, and you can check the version and copyright information.

• Page 473: Updating The Mp Drivers

  Updating the MP Drivers Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Before Installing the MP Drivers Installing the MP Drivers…

• Page 474: Obtaining The Latest Mp Drivers

  Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers The MP Drivers include a printer driver and ScanGear (scanner driver). By updating the MP Drivers to the latest version of the MP Drivers, unresolved problems may be solved. You can access our website and download the latest MP Drivers for your model. Important •…

• Page 475: Deleting The Unnecessary Mp Drivers

  Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers The MP Drivers which you no longer use can be deleted. When deleting the MP Drivers, first exit all programs that are running. The procedure to delete the unnecessary MP Drivers is as follows: 1. Start the uninstaller •…

• Page 476: Before Installing The Mp Drivers

  Before Installing the MP Drivers This section describes the items that you should check before installing the MP Drivers. You should also refer to this section if the MP Drivers cannot be installed. Checking the Printer Status • Turn off the printer. Checking the Personal Computer Settings •…

• Page 477: Installing The Mp Drivers

  Installing the MP Drivers You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers and XPS printer driver for your model. The procedure for installing the downloaded MP Drivers is as follows: 1. Turn off the printer 2.

• Page 478: Printing Using Canon Application Software

  Printing Using Canon Application Software My Image Garden Guide Easy-PhotoPrint+ Guide…

• Page 479: My Image Garden Guide

  Latest Version My Image Garden V3.2.x It is recommended that you use the latest version of the application. Access the Canon website and download the latest application. How to Check the Version Earlier Versions Select the version of your My Image Garden.

• Page 480: Printing Using A Web Service

  Printing Using a Web Service Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print…

• Page 481
  Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • Print images from a photo-sharing service •…

• Page 482: Printing With Google Cloud Print

  Printing with Google Cloud Print The machine is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc.). By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print. Sending Print Data and Printing via Internet Once you register the machine to Google Cloud Print, you can print from applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print without internet connection.

• Page 483
  LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to delete the machine from Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply.

• Page 484: Getting Google Account

  Getting Google Account To print with Google Cloud Print, you need to get Google account and register the machine with Google Cloud Print in advance. Note • If you already have Google account, register the machine to Google Cloud Print. Registering Machine with Google Cloud Print Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and register the required information.

• Page 485: Registering Machine With Google Cloud Print

  (Chrome menu). 5. Select Show advanced settings… to display information. 6. Select Manage for Google Cloud Print. 7. When Canon MG3600 series and Add printers button are displayed, select Add printers. 8. When confirmation message for registering machine appears, select OK.

• Page 486
  3. Select Web service connection setup -> Google Cloud Print setup -> Register with Google Cloud Print. Note • If you have already registered the machine with Google Cloud Print, the confirmation message to re-register the machine is displayed. 4. When confirmation screen to register machine is displayed, select Yes. 5.

• Page 487: Printing From Computer Or Smartphone With Google Cloud Print

  Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print When you send print data with Google Cloud Print, the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically. When printing from a smartphone, tablet, computer, or other external device by using Google Cloud Print, load paper into the machine in advance.

• Page 488
  5. Select Print… from (Chrome menu). 6. Select Change… next Destination. 7. Select Canon MG3600 series in Google Cloud Print. 8. Select Print. When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete, the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically.
• Page 489
  2. Start Google Chrome browser on your computer. 3. Select Sign in to Chrome… from (Chrome menu). 4. Log in to your Google account. 5. Select Print… from (Chrome menu). 6. Select Change… next Destination. 7. Select Canon MG3600 series in Local Destinations.
• Page 490
  8. Select Print. When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete, the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically.

• Page 491: Deleting Machine From Google Cloud Print

  (Chrome menu). 5. Select Show advanced settings… to display information. 6. Select Manage for Google Cloud Print. 7. Select Manage next Canon MG3600 series on device list. 8. Select Delete. 9. When confirmation message for deleting machine appears, select OK.

• Page 492: Printing From An Airprint-Enabled Printer With Mac

  Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with Mac Using AirPrint to print from your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. AirPrint enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install drivers, or download apps or software. Note •…

• Page 493: Deleting Print Job

  Note • If the machine’s Auto Power On function is enabled, the machine is turned on automatically when it receives the print data. Load paper. 3. Perform printing on your application software. Print dialog appears. 4. Select your model name added as AirPrint printer from the Printer list in the Print Dialog. 5.

• Page 494: Printing From Smartphone/Tablet

  Printing from Smartphone/Tablet Printing Directly from Smartphone/Tablet Printing Using a Web Service…

• Page 495: Printing Directly From Smartphone/Tablet

  Printing Directly from Smartphone/Tablet Android Print Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with iOS Device Using Machine with Access Point Mode…

• Page 496: Android Print

  Use the Canon printing plug-in Canon Print Service is a printing plug-in for Android 4.4.2 or later, and is available for free on Google Play. Installing and activating the plug-in enables your Android smartphone or tablet to print to a Canon printer over a wireless LAN.

• Page 497: Printing From An Airprint-Enabled Printer With Ios Device

  Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with iOS Device Using AirPrint to print from your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. AirPrint enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install drivers, or download apps or software. Note •…

• Page 498
  3. Tap operation icon to display menu options from applications of your iOS device. The figure below is an example of when printing from the iPad web browser. The screen differs depending on the devices or applications. 4. Tap Print from menu options. 5.

• Page 499: Paper Size

  Note • Printer Options differ depending on the application that you are using. 6. When printing file type that has multiple pages, such as PDF file, tap Range and tap All Pages or select range of pages to be printed. 7.

• Page 500
  Deleting Print Job To delete a print job with AirPrint, use one of the following two methods: • From machine: Use Stop button to cancel the print job. • From iOS device: Press the Home button on the iOS device twice to set the Multitasking mode and swipe to the right.

• Page 501: Using Machine With Access Point Mode

  Using Machine with Access Point Mode Access point mode allows you to print or scan by connecting the machine to a device such as a computer, smartphone, or tablet via wireless connection in an environment where a wireless router is not available. In addition, you can connect the machine to a device without a wireless router even where it is available.

• Page 502
  Enable «Wi-Fi» on your device’s «Setting» menu. For more on turning on wireless communication, see your device’s instruction manual. 2. Select «XXXXXX-MG3600 series» («XXXXXX» represents last six digits of machine’s MAC address.) from list displayed on device. 3. Enter password.
• Page 503
  * «XXXXXX» represents last six digits of machine’s MAC address. Security setting WPA2-PSK (AES) Password machine serial number The machine serial number is printed on the sticker attached on the rear of the machine. It consists of 9 alphanumeric characters (four alphabets followed by five numbers). Note •…

• Page 504: Printing Using A Web Service

  Printing Using a Web Service Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print…

• Page 505
  Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • Print images from a photo-sharing service •…
• Page 506
  Printing with Google Cloud Print The machine is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc.). By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print. Sending Print Data and Printing via Internet Once you register the machine to Google Cloud Print, you can print from applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print without internet connection.
• Page 507
  LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to delete the machine from Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply.

• Page 508: Printing From Digital Camera

  Printing from Digital Camera Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Print Settings…

• Page 509: Printing Photographs Directly From Pictbridge (Wireless Lan) Compliant Device

  Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device You can connect a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device such as a digital camera, camcorder, or mobile phone to the machine through wireless LAN, and print recorded images directly without using a computer.

• Page 510
  You can perform settings using the menu on the LCD of your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device. Select the size and type of paper that you loaded in the machine. Settings on PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device 5. Start printing from your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.

• Page 511: Pictbridge (Wireless Lan) Print Settings

  PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, refer to the instructions given in the device’s instruction manual. Note • In the following description, names of setting items are given according to those used in Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices. Setting item names may be different depending on the brand or model of your device.

• Page 512
  (1-up). (May not be available with some Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices.) *3 Printed in 35 mm Film Style Layout (Contact Printing Layout). Available only with a Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device. (May not be available with some Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices.)

• Page 513: Copying

  Copying Making Copies on Plain Paper Basics Copying on Photo Paper Switching Page Size between A4 and Copying from Smartphone/Tablet Letter…

• Page 514: Making Copies On Plain Paper

  Making Copies on Plain Paper Load the original on the platen glass to copy on A4 sized plain paper. Make sure machine is turned on. Load A4 or Letter-sized plain paper. Load original on platen glass. 4. Press Paper button to light upper Paper lamp. Note •…

• Page 515
  You can set the print quality to «Draft» (speed priority) following the procedure below. 1. Press and hold down Color or Black button for 2 or more seconds in step 5. The ON lamp flashes once. 2. Release button. The machine starts copying. When the print quality is set to «Draft», print speed is given priority over quality.

• Page 516: Copying On Photo Paper

  Copying on Photo Paper You can copy the loaded original on 10 x 15 cm or 4″ x 6″ photo paper without borders. The original is enlarged or reduced automatically to fit the paper size. Make sure machine is turned on. Load 10 x 15 cm or 4″…

• Page 517: Switching Page Size Between A4 And Letter

  Switching Page Size between A4 and Letter You can switch the size of paper loaded in the front tray between A4 and Letter. This setting is useful if you usually load Letter-sized paper in the front tray. Make sure machine is turned on. 2.

• Page 518: Copying From Smartphone/Tablet

  Copying from Smartphone/Tablet By installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY on your smartphone or tablet, you can copy an original by checking the settings on your smartphone/tablet. Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play. Make sure machine is turned on.

• Page 519: Scanning

  Scanning Scanning from Computer (Windows) Scanning from Computer (Mac OS) Scanning Using Smartphone/Tablet…

• Page 520: Scanning From Computer (Windows)

  Scanning from Computer (Windows) Using IJ Scan Utility Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear) Other Scanning Methods IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen Scanning Tips Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Network Scan Settings…

• Page 521: Using Ij Scan Utility

  Using IJ Scan Utility What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)? Starting IJ Scan Utility Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Basics Scanning Documents Scanning Photos Scanning with Favorite Settings Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch) Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time Saving after Checking Scan Results Sending Scanned Images via E-mail…

• Page 522: What Is Ij Scan Utility (Scanner Software)

  What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)? IJ Scan Utility is an application that allows you to easily scan documents, photos, etc. You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.

• Page 523
  Important • Some functions are available only when My Image Garden is installed. Note • Refer to «Settings Dialog Box» for how to set the applications to integrate with.

• Page 524: Starting Ij Scan Utility

  If IJ Scan Utility is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search for «IJ Scan Utility». Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP: From the Start menu, select All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Scan Utility > IJ Scan Utility to start IJ Scan Utility.

• Page 525: Easy Scanning With Auto Scan

  Easy Scanning with Auto Scan You can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type. Important • The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again. •…

• Page 526: Scanning Documents

  Scanning Documents You can scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents. 1. Place the item on the platen. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Start IJ Scan Utility. 3. Click Settings…, then set the paper size, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box as required.

• Page 527: Scanning Photos

  Scanning Photos You can scan photos placed on the platen with settings suitable for photos. 1. Place the photo on the platen. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Start IJ Scan Utility. 3. Click Settings…, then set the paper size, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog box as required.

• Page 528: Scanning With Favorite Settings

  Scanning with Favorite Settings You can scan items placed on the platen with your favorite settings saved beforehand. This is convenient for saving frequently used settings or when specifying scan settings in detail. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings…, then set the item type, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box as required.

• Page 529: Scanning Originals Larger Than The Platen (Image Stitch)

  Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch) You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image. Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported. Note •…

• Page 530
  6. Place the item that is to be displayed on the left side of the screen face-down on the platen. 7. Click Start Scanning Image 1. The first item is scanned and appears in 1. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. 8.
• Page 531
  9. Click Start Scanning Image 2. The second item is scanned and appears in 2. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. 10. Adjust the scanned images as required. Use the Toolbar to rotate or zoom in/out, or drag the images to adjust their positions. Note •…
• Page 532
  Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window • To scan an item again, select the image in the Preview area or the thumbnail at the top of the screen, then click (Delete). The selected image is deleted, allowing you to scan the item again.

• Page 533: Adjusting Cropping Frames In The Image Stitch Window

  Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window «Cropping» is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it. In the Image Stitch window, you can specify a cropping frame on the image displayed in the Preview area. Note •…

• Page 534: Scanning Multiple Originals At One Time

  Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time You can scan two or more photos (small items) placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually. Important • The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again.

• Page 535
  5. Select Select Source according to the items to be scanned. 6. Select Auto scan for Paper Size, then click OK.
• Page 536
  The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears. Note • Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box. Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box 7.

• Page 537: Saving After Checking Scan Results

  Saving after Checking Scan Results You can check the scan results, then save the images to a computer. Important • You cannot check the scan results before saving when scanned using Auto scan. Note • The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions. Start IJ Scan Utility.

• Page 538
  The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears. Note • Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box. Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box 5.
• Page 539
  Note • The default save folders are as follows. • Windows 8.1: Documents folder • Windows 8: My Documents folder • Windows 7: My Documents folder • Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows XP: My Documents folder 7. Click OK. Scanned images are saved according to the settings.

• Page 540: Sending Scanned Images Via E-Mail

  Sending Scanned Images via E-mail You can send scanned images via e-mail. Note • The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings..Settings dialog box appears. 3. Click Photo Scan. 4.

• Page 541
  Note • You can add e-mail clients to use for attachments from the pull-down menu. • If None (Attach Manually) is selected, manually attach scanned and saved images to e-mail. 5. Click OK. The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears. Note •…
• Page 542
  Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box 6. Click Photo. Scanning starts. When scanning is completed, the specified e-mail client starts and the images will be attached to a new message. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. •…

• Page 543: Extracting Text From Scanned Images (Ocr)

  Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR) Scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in your text editor. Note • You can extract text when scanning via Document, Custom, or ScanGear. • The screens for scanning documents are used as examples in the following descriptions. Start IJ Scan Utility.

• Page 544
  Note • If a compatible application is not installed, the text in the image is extracted and appears in your text editor. Text to be displayed is based on Document Language in the Settings (General Settings) dialog box. Select the language you want to extract in Document Language and scan. •…
• Page 545
  Note • Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box. Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box 6. Click Document. Scanning starts. When scanning is completed, the scanned images are saved according to the settings, and the extracted text appears in the specified application.

• Page 546: Ij Scan Utility Screens

  IJ Scan Utility Screens IJ Scan Utility Main Screen Settings Dialog Box Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box Settings (General Settings) Dialog Box Save Settings Dialog Box Image Stitch Window…

• Page 547: Ij Scan Utility Main Screen

  Utility». Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP: From the Start menu, select All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Scan Utility > IJ Scan Utility to start IJ Scan Utility. You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon.

• Page 548
  Stitch Displays the Image Stitch window in which you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine the scanned images back into one image. Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box.

• Page 549: Settings Dialog Box

  Settings Dialog Box There are two tabs in the Settings dialog box: (Scanning from a Computer) and (General Settings). When you click a tab, the view in the red frame switches and you can make advanced settings to functions on each tab. (Scanning from a Computer) Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden.

• Page 550
  Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog Box Click Auto Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog box. In the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan by automatically detecting the item type.
• Page 551
  • Place items to be scanned on the platen correctly. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly. Refer to «Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)» for how to place items. Note • To reduce moire in scans, set Select Source to Magazine in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box or Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box, then click Document or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
• Page 552
  Important • The save format may differ depending on how you place the item. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files. PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files. Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
• Page 553
  Note • To add an application or folder to the pull-down menu, select Add… from the pull-down menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder. Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
• Page 554
  Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Click Document Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box. In the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as documents.
• Page 555
  Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned. When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears. Select a Unit, then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK. Note •…
• Page 556
  Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. «Moire» is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned. Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire. Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
• Page 557
  In that case, select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog box. (2) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the «_20XX0101_0001″…
• Page 558
  • When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear. JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files. Important • This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format. Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search.
• Page 559
  Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data. You can specify the application from the pull-down menu. Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in. Note •…
• Page 560
  Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Click Photo Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog box. In the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as photos. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area…
• Page 561
  Note • Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings. Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Resolution Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Important •…
• Page 562
  You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, or PNG. Important • You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White. Note • With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format. JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files.
• Page 563
  Note • To add an application or folder to the pull-down menu, select Add… from the pull-down menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder. Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
• Page 564
  Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Click Custom Scan on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box. In the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan according to your preference.
• Page 565
  • To scan the following types of items, specify the item type or size. You cannot scan correctly with Auto. • A4 size photos • Text documents smaller than 2L (5 inches x 7 inches) (127 mm x 178 mm), such as paperback pages with the spine cut off •…
• Page 566
  • Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings. Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source. • When Select Source is Auto: Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type.
• Page 567
  Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire. Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets. Note • Use ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Advanced Mode tab to correct gutter shadows when scanning non-standard size items or specified areas.
• Page 568
  (2) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the «_20XX0101_0001» format. Note • When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name.
• Page 569
  High Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server. Important • This appears only when PDF, PDF (Multiple Pages), or Auto is selected in Data Format. • When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear. Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search.
• Page 570
  Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data. You can specify the application from the pull-down menu. Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in. Note •…
• Page 571
  Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box Click Scan and Stitch on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box. In the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings for scanning items larger than the platen.
• Page 572
  Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item. Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Resolution Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source. Important •…
• Page 573
  • Windows 7: My Documents folder • Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows XP: My Documents folder Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear. Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images. You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).
• Page 574
  If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in. Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning. Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear. (3) Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images.
• Page 575
  Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box Click ScanGear on the (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (ScanGear) dialog box. In the Settings (ScanGear) dialog box, you can specify how to save images when scanning items by starting ScanGear (scanner driver) and how to respond after saving them. (1) Save Settings Area (2) Application Settings Area Important…
• Page 576
  • Windows 8: My Documents folder • Windows 7: My Documents folder • Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows XP: My Documents folder Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear. Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images.
• Page 577
  If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in. Enable large image scans Select this checkbox to scan images up to 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels and 1.8 GB. Important • When this checkbox is selected, you cannot select Send to an application, Send to a folder, Attach to e-mail, or Start OCR.
• Page 578
  Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
• Page 579
  Settings (General Settings) Dialog Box Click the (General Settings) tab to display the Settings (General Settings) dialog box. In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, you can set the product to use, file size restriction on e-mail attachment, language to detect text in images, and folder in which to save images temporarily. Important •…
• Page 580
  Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.

• Page 581: Save Settings Dialog Box

  Save Settings Dialog Box Select the Check scan results checkbox in Save Settings of the Settings dialog box to display the Save Settings dialog box after scanning. You can specify the data format and destination while viewing the thumbnails of scan results. Important •…

• Page 582
  (3) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the «_20XX0101_0001» format. Note • When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name.
• Page 583
  Important • This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format. • When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear. Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search.

• Page 584: Image Stitch Window

  Image Stitch Window Click Stitch in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to display the Image Stitch window. You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image. You can scan items up to approximately twice as large as the platen. (1) Settings and Operation Buttons (2) Toolbar (3) Thumbnail View Area…

• Page 585
  Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scans the first item. Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 Scans the second item. Adjust cropping frames You can adjust the scan area in preview. If no area is specified, the image of the size selected in Select Output Size will be saved. If an area is specified, only the image in the cropping frame will be scanned and saved.
• Page 586
  Save Save Saves the two scanned images as one image. Cancel Cancels Stitch scan. (2) Toolbar You can delete the scanned images or adjust the previewed images. (Delete) Deletes the image selected in the Thumbnail View area. (Enlarge/Reduce) Allows you to enlarge or reduce the preview image. Left-clicking the Preview area enlarges the displayed image.
• Page 587
  When no image has been scanned: After scanning the first item by clicking Start Scanning Image 1: The image is scanned in the direction specified in Scan Direction, and 2 appears next to it. After scanning the second item by clicking Start Scanning Image 2: The two scanned images appear.

• Page 588: Scanning Using Application Software (Scangear)

  Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear) What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)? Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Scanning in Basic Mode Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)

• Page 589: What Is Scangear (Scanner Driver)

  What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)? ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. It enables you to specify the output size and make image corrections when scanning. ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with a standard interface called TWAIN.

• Page 591: Scanning With Advanced Settings Using Scangear (Scanner Driver)

  Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Scanning in Basic Mode Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)

• Page 592: Starting Scangear (Scanner Driver)

  Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or other applications. Note • Set up the network environment if you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection.

• Page 593: Scanning In Basic Mode

  Scanning in Basic Mode Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following the on-screen steps. Refer to «Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)» to scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen. When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), documents are scanned without preview. Important •…

• Page 594
  Important • Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, refer to the application’s manual. Note • To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color). 3. Click Preview. Preview image appears in the Preview area. Important •…
• Page 595
  8. Click Scan. Scanning starts. Note • Click (Information) to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings (document type, etc.). • A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.

• Page 596: Scanning In Advanced Mode

  Scanning in Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, color tone, etc. when scanning. Refer to «Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)» to scan multiple documents at one time. Refer to «Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode»…

• Page 597
  3. Set Input Settings according to the document or purpose. 4. Click Preview. Preview images appear in the Preview area. 5. Set Output Settings. 6. Adjust the cropping frame (scan area), correct image, and adjust colors as required. Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear) Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons 7.

• Page 598: Scanning Multiple Documents From The Adf (Auto Document Feeder) In Advanced Mode

  Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the image brightness, color tone, etc. and scan multiple documents placed on the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) at one time. When using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning, you can scan both sides of the documents automatically from the ADF.

• Page 599
  Note • Click (Information) to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings (document type, etc.). • A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.

• Page 600: Scanning Multiple Documents At One Time With Scangear (Scanner Driver)

  Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) You can scan two or more photos (small documents) on the Platen at one time on the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab. This section explains how to scan multiple documents from the Basic Mode tab. Important •…

• Page 601
  3. Click Preview. Thumbnails of the preview images appear in the Preview area. Cropping frames are specified automatically according to the document size. 4. Set Destination. 5. Set Output Size according to purpose. 6. Adjust the cropping frames and set Image corrections as required. Note •…
• Page 602
  7. Select the images you want to scan. Select the checkboxes of the images you want to scan. 8. Click Scan. Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View Follow these steps if thumbnails are not displayed correctly when previewed or if you want to scan multiple documents as a single image.
• Page 603
  Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image. You can also create two or more cropping frames. If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area is specified, only the portion in the specified area will be scanned.

• Page 604: Correcting Images And Adjusting Colors With Scangear (Scanner Driver)

  Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fading Correction, etc.) Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance Adjusting Brightness and Contrast Adjusting Histogram Adjusting Tone Curve Setting Threshold…

• Page 605: Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust And Scratches, Fading Correction, Etc.)

  Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fading Correction, etc.) The Image Settings functions on the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear (scanner driver) allow you to enhance the outline of the subjects, reduce dust/scratches, and correct faded colors when scanning images. Setting Items Click (Arrow) of a function and select an item from the pull-down menu.

• Page 606
  Reducing show-through in text documents or lightening the base color in recycled paper, newspapers, etc. when scanning documents Set Reduce Show-through to ON. Sharpening slightly out-of-focus images Set Unsharp Mask to ON. Reducing gradations and stripe patterns Set Descreen to ON.
• Page 607
  Note • Printed photos and pictures are displayed as a collection of fine dots. «Moire» is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned. Descreen is the function for reducing this moire effect. Reducing dust and scratches Set Reduce Dust and Scratches to Low, Medium, or High according to the degree of dust and scratches.

• Page 609: Adjusting Colors Using A Color Pattern

  Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern You can preview color changes and reproduce natural colors by using the color pattern function in ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Basic Mode tab. Color Adjustment Correct colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast. «Colorcast» is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors.

• Page 610
  Below is an example of correcting a bluish image. Since Blue and Green are too strong, click the Yellow and Magenta arrows to correct. Before After Note • Color adjustments are applied only to the cropping frames (scan areas) or the frame selected in thumbnail view.

• Page 611: Adjusting Saturation And Color Balance

  Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance You can brighten colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast by using (Saturation/Color Balance) in ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Advanced Mode tab. Note • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Saturation Adjust the image’s saturation (vividness).

• Page 612
  Move (Slider) under Color Balance to the left or right to emphasize the corresponding color. Cyan & Red Magenta & Green Yellow & Blue These are complementary color pairs (each pair produces a shade of gray when mixed). You can reproduce the natural colors of the scene by reducing the cast color and increasing the complementary color.

• Page 613: Adjusting Brightness And Contrast

  Adjusting Brightness and Contrast You can adjust images that are too dark or bright, or too flat due to lack of contrast by using (Brightness/Contrast) in ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Advanced Mode tab. Note • Click (Down arrow) to switch to detailed view. Click (Up arrow) to return to the previous view.

• Page 614
  Brightness Adjust the image brightness. Move (Slider) under Brightness to the left to darken and right to brighten the image. You can also enter a value (-127 to 127). Darkened Original image Brightened Note • Highlights may be lost if you brighten the image too much, and shadows may be lost if you darken the image too much.

• Page 615: Adjusting Histogram

  Adjusting Histogram You can adjust the image color tone by using a graph (histogram) showing brightness distribution, via (Histogram) in ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Advanced Mode tab. Note • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red, Green, and Blue in various proportions (gradation). These colors can be adjusted individually as a «channel.»…

• Page 616
  (1) Bright area (2) Dark area (3) Whole image More data is distributed to the More data is distributed to the Data is widely distributed between the highlight side. shadow side. highlight and shadow. Adjusting Histograms (Using the Slider) Select a Channel, then move (Black-point Slider) or (White-point Slider) to specify the level to be set as the shadow or highlight.
• Page 617
  Moving the Mid-point Slider Move the Mid-point Slider to specify the level to be set as the middle of the tonal range. Images with more data distributed to the highlight side Move the Mid-point Slider toward the highlight side. Images with more data distributed to the shadow side Move the Mid-point Slider toward the shadow side.
• Page 618
  • The point clicked with (White-point Dropper) will be the brightest point. You can also enter a value (10 to 255). • Click (Dropper) for Gray Balance and click the area you want to adjust the color in the preview image.

• Page 619: Adjusting Tone Curve

  Adjusting Tone Curve You can adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph (tone curve) showing the balance of tone input and output, via (Tone Curve Settings) in ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Advanced Mode tab. Note • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red, Green, and Blue in various proportions (gradation).

• Page 620
  Adjusting Tone Curve In Select Tone Curve, select a tone curve from No correction, Overexposure, Underexposure, High contrast, Reverse the negative/positive image, and Edit custom curve. No correction (No adjustment) Overexposure (Convex curve) The midtone data of the input side is stretched toward the highlight of the output side, resulting in a bright- toned image when viewed on a monitor.
• Page 621
  Edit custom curve You can drag specific points on the Tone Curve to freely adjust the brightness of the corresponding areas.

• Page 622: Setting Threshold

  Setting Threshold You can sharpen text in a document or reduce show-through in newspapers by adjusting the threshold level (Threshold) in ScanGear (scanner driver)’s Advanced Mode tab. Note • This function is available when Color Mode is Black and White. •…

• Page 623: Scangear (Scanner Driver) Screens

  ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens Basic Mode Tab Advanced Mode Tab Input Settings Output Settings Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons Preferences Dialog Box Scanner Tab Preview Tab Scan Tab Color Settings Tab…

• Page 624: Basic Mode Tab

  Basic Mode Tab This mode allows you to scan easily by following the on-screen steps. This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab. (1) Settings and Operation Buttons (2) Toolbar (3) Preview Area Note • The displayed items vary by document type and view. •…

• Page 625
  Important • Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, refer to the application’s manual. Note • When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active. • When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which adjusts images based on the document type will also be active.
• Page 626
  Flexible Allows you to freely adjust the cropping frames (scan areas). In thumbnail view: Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is displayed, each frame is scanned individually.
• Page 627
  Note • Save up to 10 items. • An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value within the setting range. Note • For details on whether or how the cropping frame is initially displayed on a preview image, refer to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in «Preview Tab»…
• Page 628
  Important • This setting is not available when you select Color Matching on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box. Perform Scan Scan Starts scanning. Note • When scanning starts, the progress will be displayed. Click Cancel to cancel the scan. Preferences…
• Page 629
  (Check All Frames) Available when two or more frames are displayed. Selects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view. (Uncheck All Frames) Available when two or more frames are displayed. Deselects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view. (Select All Frames) Available when two or more frames are displayed.
• Page 630
  Note • When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status. • Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied. • Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected Frames simultaneously.

• Page 631: Advanced Mode Tab

  Advanced Mode Tab This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, and color tone. This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab. (1) Settings and Operation Buttons (2) Toolbar (3) Preview Area Note…

• Page 632
  Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List. When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with the predefined items. To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings displayed in Favorite Settings List.
• Page 633
  Scan Starts scanning. Note • When scanning starts, the progress will be displayed. Click Cancel to cancel the scan. • When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear. Follow the prompt to complete. For details, refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning Scan Tab (Preferences dialog box).
• Page 634
  (3) Preview Area (Clear) Deletes the preview image from the Preview area. It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings. (Crop) Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse. (Move Image) Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in the Preview area does not fit in the screen.
• Page 635
  (Remove Cropping Frame) Removes the selected cropping frame. (Information) Displays the version of ScanGear and the current scan settings (document type, etc.). (Open Guide) Opens this page. (3) Preview Area This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. You can also check the results of the settings (image corrections, color adjustments, etc.) made in «(1) Settings and Operation Buttons.»…
• Page 636
  Note • You can specify the cropping frame on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, you can only create one cropping frame per image. In whole image view, you can create multiple cropping frames. Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear) Related Topic Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode…

• Page 637: Input Settings

  Input Settings Input Settings allows you to set the following items: Select Source The type of document to be scanned is displayed. To scan from the Platen, select Platen; to scan from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), select Document (ADF Simplex) or Document (ADF Duplex). Important •…

• Page 638
  Click Settings… to open the Orientation dialog box. Important • The Orientation dialog box can only be opened when Select Source is Document (ADF Simplex) or Document (ADF Duplex). • Binding Location is displayed when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning. •…
• Page 639
  Note • The values you can enter will be within the range of the selected document size. The minimum size is 96 pixels x 96 pixels when Output Resolution is 600 dpi, scaled at 100 %. • When Auto Crop is performed in whole image view, the aspect ratio will not be maintained since the size will be prioritized.

• Page 640: Output Settings

  Output Settings Output Settings allows you to set the following items: Output Resolution Select the resolution to scan at. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Select a resolution from the options displayed by clicking the button, or enter a value in 1 dpi increments.

• Page 641
  In whole image view: When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. Note • To enlarge/reduce the scanned image, enter values into (Width) and (Height) in Output Settings or specify a value (by 1 %) for %.
• Page 642
  Note • Refer to «Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)» for details on cropping frames. • For details on whether or how the cropping frame is initially displayed on a preview image, refer to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in «Preview Tab» (Preferences dialog box). (Switch Aspect Ratio) Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.

• Page 643: Image Settings

  Image Settings Important • Do not apply these functions to images without moire, dust/scratches, or faded colors. The color tone may be adversely affected. • Image correction results may not be reflected in the preview image. Note • Selectable settings depend on Color Mode settings. •…

• Page 644
  • You can set this setting when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box. Note • If the image is not adjusted properly with Auto, specify the document type. • The color tone may change from the source image due to the Image Adjustment. In that case, set Image Adjustment to None.
• Page 645
  Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting. High Select this to reduce large dust particles and scratches; however, evidence of the reduction process may remain or delicate parts of the image may be removed. Important • This function may not be effective for some types of photos. Note •…
• Page 646
  When you set the Gutter Shadow Correction setting in the preview image, the result will be reflected. Preview the effects before scanning, as results vary depending on the type of document and how it is pressed. Unclear or blurred text/lines caused by curved pages are not corrected. None Gutter shadow will not be corrected.
• Page 647
  Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)

• Page 648: Color Adjustment Buttons

  Color Adjustment Buttons The Color Adjustment Buttons allow you to make fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones including adjustments to the image’s overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram) or balance (tone curve). Important •…

• Page 649
  (Histogram) A histogram allows you to see the data concentration at each brightness level of an image. You can specify the brightest level (highlight) and darkest level (shadow) within an image, cut the levels and expand the middle of the tonal range of the image. Adjusting Histogram (Tone Curve Settings) Adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph (tone curve) showing the balance of…
• Page 650
  Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List. Click Save to save. To delete an item, select it in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings displayed in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List.

• Page 651: Preferences Dialog Box

  Preferences Dialog Box In the Preferences dialog box, you can make advanced settings to ScanGear (scanner driver) functions via the Scanner, Preview, Scan, and Color Settings tabs. Click Preferences… in the ScanGear screen to open the Preferences dialog box. Scanner Tab Allows you to set the auto power settings, specify the folder in which to save images temporarily, and set the music file to play during or at the end of a scan.

• Page 652: Scanner Tab

  Scanner Tab On the Scanner tab, you can specify the following settings. Important • Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer. Auto Power Settings You can set to turn the machine on or off automatically. Click Settings… to display the Auto Power Settings dialog box. Note •…

• Page 653
  Refer to «Function Support List by Model (Auto Power Off)» to check if your model supports the Auto Power Off function. Quiet Settings The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this machine. Use this when you wish to reduce the operating noise such as when scanning or printing at night.
• Page 654
  • MP3 file (*.mp3) Calibration Settings When you set Execute at Every Scan to ON, the scanner will be calibrated every time before previewing and scanning, to reproduce correct color tones in scanned images. Note • Even when Execute at Every Scan is set to OFF, the scanner may be calibrated automatically in some cases (such as immediately after you turn the machine on).
• Page 655
  Function Support List by Model (Auto Power Off) MG series MX series E series P series MB series MG series Auto Power Off Function Model Name With USB With Network Connection Connection MG7700 ✓ ✓ series MG7500 × ✓ series MG7100 ×…
• Page 656
  MG2400 No network support ✓ series MX series Auto Power Off Function Model Name With USB With Network Connection Connection MX530 × × series MX490 × ✓ series MX470 × × series E series Auto Power Off Function Model Name With USB With Network Connection Connection…

• Page 657: Preview Tab

  Preview Tab On the Preview tab, you can specify the following settings. Preview at Start of ScanGear Select what to do with Preview when ScanGear (scanner driver) is started. Automatically execute preview ScanGear will automatically start previewing at startup. Display saved preview image The previously previewed image will be displayed.

• Page 658
  Larger Displays 105 % (in width and height) of the area displayed for the standard size. Standard The standard size. Smaller Displays 95 % (in width and height) of the area displayed for the standard size. Note • When you change the Cropping Size for Thumbnail View setting, the preview images will be refreshed and cropped to the new size.

• Page 659: Scan Tab

  Scan Tab On the Scan tab, you can specify the following settings. Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning Select what to do with ScanGear (scanner driver) after scanning images. Close ScanGear automatically Select this to return to the original application when scanning is completed. Do not close ScanGear automatically Select this to return to the ScanGear screen for another scan when scanning is completed.

• Page 660: Color Settings Tab

  Color Settings Tab On the Color Settings tab, you can specify the following settings. Color Adjustment Select one of the following. Recommended Select this to vividly reproduce the tone of a document on the screen. It is recommended that you normally select this setting.

• Page 661
  Note • Depending on your scanner or printer, this setting may not be available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). • You can select one when Color Mode is Color or Grayscale. • Color Matching is available when ScanGear, monitor, color management-compliant application (such as Adobe Photoshop), and printer are set up correctly.

• Page 662: Positioning Originals (Scanning From Computer)

  Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Learn how to place items on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) of your scanner or printer. Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly. Important •…

• Page 663
  the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format. Placing Multiple Items: Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between items.
• Page 664
  2. Place the documents on the ADF, then adjust the document guides to the width of the documents. Insert the documents face-up until a beep sounds. Note • When scanning duplex documents, place the front sides facing up. They will not be scanned in the correct page order if placed the other way around.

• Page 665: Adjusting Cropping Frames (Scangear)

  Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear) «Cropping» is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it. On the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab, you can specify cropping frames (scan areas) on the image(s) displayed in the Preview area of the screen.

• Page 666
  In whole image view: Represents an unselected cropping frame. The settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode tab will not be applied. Adjusting a Cropping Frame The cursor will change into (Arrow) when it is positioned over a cropping frame. If you click and drag the mouse in the direction of the arrow, the cropping frame will expand or contract accordingly.
• Page 667
  In whole image view: Click and drag the mouse in a space outside the existing cropping frame to create a new cropping frame in the Preview area. The new cropping frame will be the active cropping frame, and the old cropping frame will be the unselected cropping frame.
• Page 668
  In whole image view: To delete a cropping frame, select it and click (Remove Cropping Frame) on the Toolbar. Alternatively, press the Delete key. When there are multiple cropping frames, all the selected cropping frames (active cropping frame and selected cropping frames) are deleted simultaneously.

• Page 669: General Notes (Scanner Driver)

  General Notes (Scanner Driver) ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it. Scanner Driver Restrictions • When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons.

• Page 670
  • Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating system’s virtual memory and retry. • When image size is too large (such as when scanning large images at high resolution), your computer may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 % depending on the application. In that case, cancel the action (for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar), then increase the operating system’s virtual memory or reduce the image size/resolution and retry.

• Page 671: Other Scanning Methods

  Other Scanning Methods Scanning with WIA Driver Scanning Using the Control Panel (Windows XP Only)

• Page 672: Scanning With Wia Driver

  • If you have more than one scanner or printer, a scanner selection screen may appear. Double- click the scanner you want to use. • For USB connection: Canon XXX series (where «XXX» is the model name) • For network connection: XXX series_MAC address (where «XXX» is the model name) 3.

• Page 673
  Source Select a scanner type. Paper size This setting is not available for your scanner or printer. Color format Select the color mode in which to scan the item. File type Select a data format from JPEG, BMP, PNG, and TIFF. Resolution (DPI) Enter the resolution.
• Page 674
  • If you have more than one scanner or printer, a scanner selection screen may appear. Double- click the scanner you want to use. • For USB connection: Canon XXX series (where «XXX» is the model name) • For network connection: XXX series_MAC address (where «XXX» is the model name) 3.
• Page 675
  Scanning starts, then the scanned image appears in the application.

• Page 676: Scanning Using The Control Panel (Windows Xp Only)

  • When using the scanner or printer with network connection, you cannot scan using the WIA driver. 1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel. 2. Click Printers and Other Hardware > Scanners and Cameras, then double-click Canon XXX series (where «XXX» is the model name).

• Page 677
  Contrast Move the slider to adjust the contrast. Moving it to the left will decrease the contrast of the image, thus softening the image. Moving it to the right will increase the contrast of the image, thus sharpening the image. You can also enter a value (-127 to 127). Resolution (DPI) Enter the resolution.

• Page 678: Ij Network Scanner Selector Ex Menu And Setting Screen

  Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX / Enable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Enables or disables IJ Network Scanner Selector EX. When you select Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, you will not be able to scan over a network from the operation panel.

• Page 679
  Exit Exits IJ Network Scanner Selector EX; (Enabled) or (Disabled) disappears from the notification area on the desktop. Scan-from-PC Settings Screen Right-click the icon from the notification area on the desktop, then select Settings… to display the Scan- from-PC Settings screen. Your scanner or printer must be selected with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX before scanning over a network.
• Page 680
  • Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If your scanner or printer still does not appear, refer to «Problems with Network Communication» for your model from Home of the Online Manual. • You do not need to use this software when scanning via USB. Refer to «Uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX»…

• Page 681: Uninstalling Ij Network Scanner Selector Ex

  • Windows 7/Windows Vista: 1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Programs > Programs and Features. 2. Select Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, then click Uninstall/Change. Note • If the User Account Control screen appears, click Continue.

• Page 682: Scanning Tips

  Scanning Tips Resolution Data Formats Color Matching…

• Page 683: Resolution

  Resolution The data in the image you have scanned is a collection of dots carrying information about brightness and color. The density of these dots is called «resolution,» and resolution will determine the amount of detail your image contains. The unit of resolution is dots per inch (dpi). Dpi is the number of dots per inch (2.5 cm). The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image;…

• Page 684
  Important • If you double the resolution, the data size of the scanned image quadruples. If the file is too large, the processing speed will slow down significantly, and you will experience inconvenience such as lack of memory. Set the minimum required resolution according to the use of the image. Note •…

• Page 685: Data Formats

  Data Formats You can select a data format when saving scanned images. You should specify the most suitable data format according to how you want to use the image on which application. Available data formats vary by application and operating system (Windows or Mac OS). See below for the characteristics of each image data format.

• Page 686: Color Matching

  Color Matching «Color Matching» is the act of making adjustments so that the color tones match between the original item, the monitor display, and the color printout. On your scanner or printer, the color tones are adjusted as shown below. Example: When sRGB is selected as the output profile (target): The image’s color space is converted from the scanner’s color space to sRGB by ScanGear.

• Page 687: Positioning Originals (Scanning From Computer)

  Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Learn how to place items on the platen of your scanner or printer. Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly. Important • Do not place objects on the document cover. When you open the document cover, the objects may fall into your scanner or printer, resulting in malfunction.

• Page 688
  Placing Multiple Items: Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned. more than 0.4 inch (1 cm) Note •…

• Page 689: Network Scan Settings

  «IJ Network Scanner Selector EX». • Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP: From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX. The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen…

• Page 690
  IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, then follow the steps below to change the connection status between it and the computer. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Select «Canon XXX series Network» (where «XXX» is the model name) for Product Name. 3. Click Settings… to use another scanner connected to a network.

• Page 691: Scanning From Computer (Mac Os)

  Scanning from Computer (Mac OS) Using IJ Scan Utility Using Scanner Driver Scanning Tips Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Network Scan Settings…

• Page 692: Scanning Using Smartphone/Tablet

  This machine supports the following scan functions. PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link is a web service provided by Canon. Save scanned images to data storage services through integration with various cloud services without using a computer. Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link…

• Page 693
  Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • Print images from a photo-sharing service •…

• Page 694: Troubleshooting

  Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions • Cannot Find Machine on Network • Cannot Find Machine on Wireless LAN • Printing Does Not Start • Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear • An Error Occurs • Print Results Are Unsatisfactory •…

• Page 695
  • No Ink Comes Out • Paper Jams • Paper Does Not Feed Properly/»No Paper» Error • Automatic Duplex Printing Problems • Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows) • Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Mac OS) Error or Message Appears • An Error Occurs •…

• Page 696: Network Communication Problems

  Network Communication Problems Cannot Find Machine on Network Network Connection Problems Other Network Problems…

• Page 697: Cannot Find Machine On Network

  Cannot Find Machine on Network Cannot Find Machine on Printers on Network List Screen Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen Cannot Find Machine on Wireless LAN…

• Page 698: Cannot Find Machine On Check Printer Settings Screen

  Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen If the machine cannot be found on the Check Printer Settings screen during network communications setup, check the network settings and try again. Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 1 Important •…

• Page 699: Cannot Find Machine During Wireless Lan Setup: Check 1

  Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 1 Are computer and network device (router, etc.) configured and can computer connect to network? Make sure you can view web pages on your computer. If you cannot view any web pages: Configure the computer and network device.

• Page 700: Cannot Find Machine During Wireless Lan Setup: Check 2

  • If no message appears: Cancel the setup, and then set the security software to allow Canon software to access the network. ◦ For Windows: The file Setup.exe or Setup64.exe in the win > Driver > DrvSetup folder on the Setup CD-ROM ◦…

• Page 701: Cannot Find Machine During Wireless Lan Setup: Check 3

  Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 3 Check wireless router settings. Check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering, and DHCP function. Make sure the same radio channel is assigned to the wireless router and the machine. To check the settings of the wireless router, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.

• Page 702: Cannot Find Machine During Wireless Lan Setup: Check 4

  Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 4 Check wireless router configuration and make sure the machine is not placed too far away from the wireless router. Make sure the wireless router you are using is configured to use 2.4 GHz bandwidth. For more on checking the setting of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.

• Page 703: Cannot Find Machine On Printers On Network List Screen

  Cannot Find Machine on Printers on Network List Screen The machine could not be detected with the current setup method. Select the Setting printer could not be found on the list check box and click Next. The screen to show another setup method is displayed.

• Page 704: Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen

  2. Click Start Over on Installation Failure screen. 3. Click Exit on Start Setup screen and finish setup. 4. Turn off machine. 5. Restart computer. 6. Make sure you have no application software running. 7. Redo setup according to instructions on Canon website.

• Page 705
  Note • For Windows, you can use the Setup CD-ROM to redo setup.

• Page 706: Cannot Find Machine On Wireless Lan

  Check4 If it is not, perform setup. • For Windows: Use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Follow the instructions on the Canon website. If using IJ Network Tool, look for machine again.

• Page 707
  If searching for machine over a network, make sure machine is associated with Check6 a port. (Windows) If No Driver appears under Name in IJ Network Tool, the machine is not associated with a port. Select Associate Port in the Settings menu to associate a port with the machine. When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port Make sure machine and wireless router network settings match.
• Page 708
  Make sure security software’s firewall is off. Check13 If your security software’s firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.

• Page 709: Network Connection Problems

  Network Connection Problems Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used Network Key Unknown Administrator Password Set for Machine Unknown Machine Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings Printing Is Slow Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows)

• Page 710: Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used

  Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used Cannot Communicate with Machine Following Network Settings Change (Windows) Cannot Communicate with Machine via Wireless LAN Cannot Communicate with Machine Using Access Point Mode Cannot Print or Scan from Network Computer Cannot Communicate with Machine Following Network Settings Change (Windows) It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.

• Page 711
  Make sure security software’s firewall is off. Check10 If your security software’s firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
• Page 712
  By default, the serial number of the machine is used as the network key. Check the serial number on the back of the machine. 5. Use Setup CD-ROM or follow instructions on Canon website. Cannot Communicate with Machine Using Access Point Mode Make sure machine is turned on.
• Page 713
  If MP Drivers are not installed, install them. Check2 • For Windows: Install the MP Drivers using the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Install the MP Drivers from the Canon website. Make sure wireless router does not restrict which computers can access it.

• Page 714: Network Key Unknown

  Network Key Unknown WEP or WPA/WPA2 Key Set for Access Point Unknown, Cannot Connect Setting an Encryption Key WEP or WPA/WPA2 Key Set for Access Point Unknown, Cannot Connect For details on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.

• Page 715
  If the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, check the settings in Wireless Security of AirPort Utility. • Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for key length in AirPort Base Station. • Select 1 for Key ID. Otherwise, computer will not be able to communicate with machine via the wireless router.

• Page 716: Administrator Password Set For Machine Unknown

  Initialize the machine settings. Initializing Machine Settings After initializing the machine settings, redo setup. • For Windows: Use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Follow the instructions on the Canon website.

• Page 717: Machine Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router Or Changing Its Settings

  Changing Its Settings When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the machine. • For Windows: Use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Follow the instructions on the Canon website.

• Page 718
  With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Machine After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router If you change the encryption type for the machine and it subsequently cannot communicate with the computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set for the machine.

• Page 719: Printing Is Slow

  Printing Is Slow Machine may be printing or scanning a large job from another computer. Check1 Monitor signal status and move machine and wireless router as necessary. Check2 • For Windows: Monitoring Wireless Network Status • For Mac OS: Monitoring Wireless Network Status Make sure there are no obstacles between the wireless router and the machine.

• Page 720: Ink Level Not Shown On Printer Status Monitor (Windows)

  Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows) Use the printer driver with bidirectional communication. Select Enable bidirectional support in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver. How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window…

• Page 721: Other Network Problems

  Other Network Problems Message Appears on Computer During Setup Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows) Checking Network Information Restoring to Factory Defaults…

• Page 722: Message Appears On Computer During Setup

  Message Appears on Computer During Setup Enter Password Screen Appears During Setup Encryption Settings Screen Appears When Access Point Selected from Search Screen «You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network» Appears Enter Password Screen Appears During Setup The following screen appears if the machine is set up for use with a network and an administrator password has been set.

• Page 723
  Encryption Settings Screen Appears When Access Point Selected from Search Screen This screen appears automatically if the selected wireless router is encrypted. Set the same encryption settings as those set for the wireless router. • For Windows: For more on encryption settings, see Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet.

• Page 724: Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows)

  If you are using your computer in a network environment other than the one used to set up the machine, disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX. To disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, right-click the icon on the notification area on the desktop and select Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX.

• Page 725: Checking Network Information

  Printing Network Settings You can check the network setting information on the computer screen. • For Windows: Canon IJ Network Tool Screen • For Mac OS: Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.

• Page 726
  Click Hardware to check the MAC address. Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place. • For Windows: 1. Select Command Prompt as shown below. ◦ In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for «Command Prompt».
• Page 727
  If packet loss is 100%, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is communicating with target device. Checking Network Settings Information To check the machine’s network settings information, print out the network settings information using the operation panel. Printing Network Settings…

• Page 728: Restoring To Factory Defaults

  Initialization erases all network settings on the machine, making printing or scanning operation from a computer over a network impossible. To use the machine over a network again after restoring it to the factory defaults, use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to redo setup. • For Mac OS: Initialization erases all network settings on the machine, making printing or scanning operation from a computer over a network impossible.

• Page 729: Problems While Printing/Scanning From Smartphone/Tablet

  Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet…

• Page 730: Cannot Print/Scan From Smartphone/Tablet

  Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet If you cannot print/scan from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the machine. Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method. Cannot Communicate with Machine over Wireless LAN Cannot Communicate with Machine while It Is in Access Point Mode Note •…

• Page 731
  To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it. If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router. Make sure machine is not placed far away from wireless router.
• Page 732
  Locate your smartphone/tablet close enough to communicate with the machine. Check for obstructions. Check7 Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Move the machine as necessary. Make sure there is no source of radio wave interference nearby. Check8 If a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference.

• Page 733: Printing Problems

  Printing Problems Printing Does Not Start Paper Jams Print Results Are Unsatisfactory No Ink Comes Out Paper Does Not Feed Properly/»No Paper» Error Automatic Duplex Printing Problems Copying/Printing Stops Cannot Print Using AirPrint…

• Page 734: Printing Does Not Start

  The machine will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer. • For Windows: Make sure «Canon XXX series Printer» (where «XXX» is your machine’s name) is selected in the Print dialog box. Note…

• Page 735
  Faxes. 3. Open printer driver properties. • In Windows 8.1, Windows 8, or Windows 7, right-click «Canon XXX series Printer» icon (where «XXX» is your machine’s name), and then select Printer properties. • In Windows Vista or Windows XP, right-click «Canon XXX series Printer» icon (where «XXX» is your machine’s name), and then select Properties.
• Page 736
  Launch IJ Network Tool, select «CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx» as you checked in step 4, and then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in Settings menu. If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website. Is print data extremely large? (Windows) Check8 Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver.

• Page 737: Paper Jams

  Paper Jams When paper is jammed, the Alarm lamp flashes and a troubleshooting message is displayed on the computer screen automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message. • For Windows: • For Mac OS: * The screen differs depending on the OS you are using. To remove the jammed paper, see List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams).

• Page 738: Print Results Are Unsatisfactory

  Print Results Are Unsatisfactory If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned lines, or uneven colors, check the paper and print quality settings first. Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper? Check1 If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.

• Page 739
  Back of Paper Is Smudged Vertical Line Next to Image Uneven or Streaked Colors…

• Page 740: Cannot Complete Printing

  Cannot Complete Printing Select setting not to compress printing data. (Windows) Check1 If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing result may be improved. Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Select the Do not allow application software to compress print data check box and click OK.

• Page 741: Part Of Page Is Not Printed (Windows)

  Part of Page Is Not Printed (Windows) Are you using automatic duplex printing? Check If you are using automatic duplex printing, the printable area at the top of the page will be 0.08 inches / 2 mm shorter than usual. Therefore, the bottom of the page may not be printed.

• Page 742: Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear

  Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear Paper Is Blank Printing Is Blurry Colors Are Wrong…

• Page 743
  White Streaks Appear Check paper and print quality settings. Check1 Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Print nozzle check pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations Check2 such as print head cleaning. Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles. For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing Is Faint or…
• Page 744
  After making sure the FINE cartridge is installed properly, close the paper output cover. If the problem is not resolved, remove the FINE cartridges and install them again. For more on installing the FINE cartridges, see Replacing a FINE Cartridge. •…

• Page 745: Colors Are Unclear

  Colors Are Unclear Is nozzle check pattern printed properly? Check1 Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles. For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing Is Faint or Uneven.

• Page 746: Lines Are Misaligned

  Lines Are Misaligned Check paper and print quality settings. Check1 Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Perform print head alignment. Check2 If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position. Aligning the Print Head Note •…

• Page 747: Lines Incomplete Or Missing (Windows)

  Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows) Are you using Page Layout Printing or Binding Margin function? Check1 When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is in use, thin lines may not be printed. Try thickening the lines in the document. Is print data extremely large? Check2 Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver.

• Page 748: Images Incomplete Or Missing (Windows)

  Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows) Select setting not to compress printing data. Check1 If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing result may be improved. Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Select Do not allow application software to compress print data check box and click OK.

• Page 749: Ink Blots / Paper Curl

  Use Photo Paper to print photos. Check3 To print data with high color saturation such as photographs or images with dark colors, we recommend that you use Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon specialty paper. Media Types You Can Use…

• Page 750: Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched

  Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged Smudged Edges Smudged Surface Printed Surface Is Scratched Check paper and print quality settings. Check1 Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check paper type. Check2 • Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing. Media Types You Can Use •…

• Page 751
  • Other Paper If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 inch / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl. 1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below. 2.
• Page 752
  Window. ◦ For Mac OS: In the Canon IJ Printer Utility, select Custom Settings in the pop-up menu, select Prevent paper abrasion check box, and then click Apply. To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility, see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility.
• Page 753
  5. Check message and click OK. • For Mac OS: 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Open the Canon IJ Printer Utility. Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility 3. Select Custom Settings in the pop-up menu. 4. Drag Ink Drying Wait Time: slide bar to set the wait time and click Apply.

• Page 754: Back Of Paper Is Smudged

  Back of Paper Is Smudged Check paper and print quality settings. Check1 Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of machine. Check2 Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning) Note • During borderless printing, duplex printing, or too much printing, ink may stain the inside of the machine.

• Page 755: Vertical Line Next To Image

  Vertical Line Next to Image Is loaded paper size correct? Check If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, a vertical line may appear in the margin. Set the paper size to match the loaded paper. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Note •…

• Page 756: Uneven Or Streaked Colors

  Uneven or Streaked Colors Uneven Colors Streaked Colors Check paper and print quality settings. Check1 Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Print nozzle check pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations Check2 such as print head cleaning. Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles. For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing Is Faint or…

• Page 757
  If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the machine and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later. • If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice: Ink may have run out. Replace the FINE cartridge. Perform print head alignment.

• Page 758: No Ink Comes Out

  No Ink Comes Out When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace it with a new one. Check1 Is FINE cartridge installed properly? Check2 If the FINE cartridge is not installed securely, ink may not be ejected correctly. Open the paper output cover and the head cover opens. Push up the ink cartridge lock lever to make sure the FINE cartridge is installed properly.

• Page 759: Paper Does Not Feed Properly/»No Paper» Error

  Paper Does Not Feed Properly/»No Paper» Error Make sure paper is loaded. Check1 Loading Paper When loading paper, consider the following. Check2 • When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper. •…

• Page 760
  Check7 Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Note • Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 761: Automatic Duplex Printing Problems

  Automatic Duplex Printing Problems Is automatic duplex printing selected? Check1 • For Windows: Make sure Duplex Printing and Automatic check boxes are selected on Page Setup sheet in the printer driver setup window. Duplex Printing • For Mac OS: Make sure Two-Sided check box is selected on the Print dialog. Duplex Printing Make sure loaded paper size is suitable for automatic duplex printing.

• Page 762
  Note • For Windows: To switch to manual duplex printing, follow the procedure below. Open the printer driver setup window, clear Automatic check box on Page Setup sheet, and reprint. When performing manual duplex printing, note the following. • If you are printing three or more pages of a document with manual duplex printing, one side of each sheet is printed first.

• Page 763: Copying/Printing Stops

  Copying/Printing Stops Is paper loaded? Check1 Make sure paper is loaded. If necessary, load paper. Do documents to be printed have many photographs or illustrations? Check2 It takes time for the machine and the computer to process large data such as photos or other graphics, so it may seem that the machine is not working.

• Page 764: Cannot Print Using Airprint

  Cannot Print Using AirPrint Make sure machine is turned on. Check1 If the machine is turned on, turn it off and back on, and then check whether the issue is resolved. Make sure machine is connected by LAN to same network subnet as AirPrint Check2 compliant device when printing over LAN.

• Page 765: Scanning Problems (Windows)

  Scanning Problems (Windows) Scanning Problems Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Software Problems IJ Scan Utility Error Messages ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages…

• Page 766: Scanning Problems

  Scanning Problems Scanner Does Not Work ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start Error Message Appears and the ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screen Does Not Appear Cannot Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan Slow Scanning Speed «There is not enough memory.»…

• Page 767: Scanner Does Not Work

  Scanner Does Not Work Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on. Check 1 Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer. Check 2 If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and Check 3 connect it to a USB port on the computer.

• Page 768: Scangear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start

  ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start Make sure that MP Drivers is installed. Check 1 If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or the web page. Select your scanner or printer on the application’s menu. Check 2 Important •…

• Page 769: Error Message Appears And The Scangear (Scanner Driver) Screen Does Not Appear

  Error Message Appears and the ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screen Does Not Appear Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on. Check 1 Turn off your scanner or printer, then reconnect the USB cable and replug the Check 2 power cord.

• Page 770: Cannot Scan Multiple Originals At One Time

  Cannot Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Make sure that the items are placed correctly. Check 1 Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Check if you can properly scan one item. Check 2 Some applications do not support multiple image scanning. In that case, scan each item individually.

• Page 771: Cannot Scan Properly With Auto Scan

  Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan Make sure that the items are placed correctly. Check 1 Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Multiple item scanning may not be supported. Check 2 Some applications do not support multiple image scanning. In that case, scan each item individually.

• Page 772: Slow Scanning Speed

  Slow Scanning Speed To view the image on a monitor, set the output resolution to around 150 dpi. To Check 1 print, set it to around 300 dpi. Resolution Set Fading Correction, Grain Correction, etc. to None. Check 2 Refer to «Image Settings» for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. In IJ Scan Utility, deselect the Correct slanted text document / Detect the Check 3 orientation of text document and rotate image checkbox and scan again.

• Page 773: There Is Not Enough Memory.» Message Is Displayed

  «There is not enough memory.» Message Is Displayed Exit other applications and try again. Check 1 Reduce the resolution or output size and scan again. Check 2 Resolution…

• Page 774: Computer Stops Operating During Scanning

  Computer Stops Operating during Scanning Restart the computer, reduce the output resolution in ScanGear (scanner Check 1 driver) and scan again. Refer to «Output Settings» for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. Delete unnecessary files to obtain sufficient free hard disk space, then scan Check 2 again.

• Page 775: Scanner Does Not Work After Upgrading Windows

  If you are logged on to an administrator account, follow the on-screen instructions. • Windows XP: 1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs. 2. Select Canon IJ Scan Utility, then click Change/Remove. 3. When a confirmation appears, click Yes. 4. When uninstallation is complete, click OK.

• Page 776
  Step 3: Reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility. Reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility from the Setup CD-ROM or the web page.

• Page 777: Scanned Image Does Not Open

  Scanned Image Does Not Open If the data format is not supported by the application, scan the image again and Check select a popular data format such as JPEG when saving it. Refer to the application’s manual for details. If you have any questions, contact the manufacturer of the application.

• Page 778: Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory

  Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Original Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer Monitor…

• Page 779: Scan Quality (Image Displayed On The Monitor) Is Poor

  Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor If the image is jagged, increase the scanning resolution, or select TIFF or PNG Check 1 in Data Format of the Settings dialog box. Resolution Settings Dialog Box Set the display size to 100 %. Check 2 Some applications do not display images clearly if the display size is too small.

• Page 780
  • On the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear, set Image Adjustment in Image Settings to None. Refer to «Image Settings» for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. • On the Color Settings tab in the Preferences dialog box of ScanGear, set Color Matching. Refer to «Color Settings Tab»…

• Page 781: Scanned Image Is Surrounded By Extra White Areas

  Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Specify the scan area. Check Click (Auto Crop) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) to automatically display the cropping frame (scan area) according to the item size. You can also manually specify the scan area in thumbnail view or when there are white margins along the item (for example, in photos), or when you want to create custom cropping frames.

• Page 782: Cannot Scan At The Correct Size

  Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Make sure that the items are placed correctly. Check Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)

• Page 783: Original Is Placed Correctly, But The Scanned Image Is Slanted

  Original Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted When Document or Magazine is selected for Select Source, deselect the Check Correct slanted text document checkbox and scan the item again. Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box…

• Page 784: Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) On The Computer Monitor

  Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer Monitor Change the display setting in the application. Check 1 Refer to the application’s manual for details. If you have any questions, contact the manufacturer of the application. Note • You cannot reduce the image size in Paint. To reduce the display size, open the images in an application. Change the resolution setting in ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again.

• Page 785: Software Problems

  Software Problems The E-mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E-mail Client…

• Page 786: The E-Mail Client You Want To Use Does Not Appear In The Screen For Selecting An E-Mail Client

  The E-mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E-mail Client Check that the e-mail client’s MAPI is enabled. Check Refer to the e-mail client’s manual for how to set MAPI. If the problem is not solved even when MAPI is enabled, select None (Attach Manually) in the screen for selecting an e-mail client, then manually attach the image to the outgoing e-mail.

• Page 787: Ij Scan Utility Error Messages

  IJ Scan Utility Error Messages If an error message for IJ Scan Utility appears, check the error code and follow the corresponding solution. Solution Error Code Error Message There is not enough memory. Exit other applications to • The memory required to start IJ increase available memory.

• Page 788
  You do not have the required privileges to access the • Grant access permission to the specified folder. specified folder.

• Page 789: Scangear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages

  ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages If an error message for ScanGear (scanner driver) appears, check the error code and follow the corresponding solution. Solution Error Code Error Message Error in scanner. • Make sure that your scanner or Turn off scanner and follow instructions in User’s printer and the computer are Guide.

• Page 790
  Please check and try again. Click [Scanner Selection] if you want to select another scanner. Scanner driver will be closed. Running out of memory. • The memory required to start Increase available memory. ScanGear (scanner driver) cannot be Scanner driver will be closed. obtained;…
• Page 791
  • Your application may not properly comply with TWAIN. Scan using another application. There is not enough free disk space to complete the • Delete unnecessary files on the hard scan. disk and scan again. Scanner driver will be closed. The scanner is not available while in use by another •…

• Page 792: Mechanical Problems

  Mechanical Problems Power Does Not Come On Power Shuts Off By Itself USB Connection Problems Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows)

• Page 793: Power Does Not Come On

  Make sure power plug is securely connected to machine, and then turn it back Check2 Unplug machine, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and Check3 turn it on again. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 794: Power Shuts Off By Itself

  • If you are using a Mac OS and if you do not want the machine to turn off automatically: Open Canon IJ Printer Utility, select Power Settings in the pop-up menu, and then select Disable for Auto Power Off on Auto Power.

• Page 795: Usb Connection Problems

  USB Connection Problems Printing or Scanning Is Slow/Hi-Speed USB Connection Does Not Work/»This device can perform faster» Message Appears (Windows) If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the machine operates at the slower speed of USB 1.1. In this case, the machine works properly but printing or scanning speed may slow down due to the communication speed.

• Page 796: Cannot Communicate With Machine Via Usb

  Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB Make sure machine is turned on. Check1 Connect USB cable properly. Check2 As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the machine. Do not start IJ Network Tool while printing. Check3 Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running.

• Page 797: Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows)

  Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows) Is printer status monitor enabled? Check Make sure that Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor. 1. Open printer driver setup window. How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2.

• Page 798: Installation And Download Problems

  Installation and Download Problems Cannot Install MP Drivers Easy-WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy-WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear (Windows) Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows) Uninstalling IJ Network Tool…

• Page 799: Cannot Install Mp Drivers

  2. Double-click CD-ROM icon in the window that appears. If the contents of the CD-ROM appear, double-click MSETUP4.EXE. If you cannot install the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM, install them from the Canon website. Note • If the CD-ROM icon does not appear, try the following: •…

• Page 800
  MP Drivers. Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website. Note • If the installer was stopped due to a Windows error, Windows operation may be unstable, and you may not be able to install the drivers.

• Page 801: Easy-Webprint Ex Does Not Start Or Easy-Webprint Ex Menu Does Not Appear (Windows)

  Is Canon Easy-WebPrint EX displayed on Toolbars menu in Internet Check1 Explorer’s View menu? If Canon Easy-WebPrint EX is not displayed, Easy-WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer. Install the latest version of Easy-WebPrint EX from the Canon website. Note •…

• Page 802: Updating Mp Drivers In Network Environment (Windows)

  Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows) Download the latest MP Drivers. The latest MP Drivers for your model are available for download on the Canon website. Uninstall the existing MP Drivers and follow the installation instructions to install the latest MP Drivers that you downloaded.

• Page 803: Uninstalling Ij Network Tool

  1. Select Control Panel from Settings charm in Desktop > Programs > Programs and Features. 2. Select Canon IJ Network Tool from program list, and then click Uninstall. If User Account Control screen appears, click Continue. • Windows 7 or Windows Vista: 1.

• Page 804
  Tool, and then drag Canon IJ Network Tool icon into Trash. 2. Restart computer. Empty the Trash and restart your computer. Note • To reinstall IJ Network Tool, uninstall IJ Network Tool and install it again from the Canon website.

• Page 805: Errors And Messages

  Errors and Messages An Error Occurs Message Appears Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device…

• Page 806: An Error Occurs

  An Error Occurs If an error occurs in printing, for example if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message. When an error occurs, the Alarm lamp flashes and a support code (error number) appears on the computer screen.

• Page 807
  9 flashes Protective material or tape may still be attached to FINE cartridge 1890 holder. 10 flashes Loaded paper is not compatible with automatic duplex printing. 1310 11 flashes Cannot perform printing with current print setting. 4103 12 flashes Specified data cannot be printed. 4100 13 flashes Ink may have run out.
• Page 808
  • For Mac OS: * The screen differs depending on the OS you are using. Note • You can also search for details on resolving the errors indicated by the support code shown. Search To resolve errors that do not have support codes, see Message Appears.

• Page 809: Message Appears

  Message Appears This section describes some of the errors and messages that may appear. Note • A support code (error number) is displayed on the computer for some errors. For details on errors that have support code, see List of Support Code for Error.

• Page 810
  Faxes. 3. Open printer driver properties. • In Windows 8.1, Windows 8, or Windows 7, right-click «Canon XXX series Printer» icon (where «XXX» is your machine’s name), and then select Printer properties. • In Windows Vista or Windows XP, right-click «Canon XXX series Printer» icon (where «XXX» is your machine’s name), and then select Properties.
• Page 811
  Check4 Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website. When machine is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check Check5 device status from your computer.
• Page 812
  • «Could not print Application name — File name» Try printing again once the current job is complete. Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed (Windows) If the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is installed, a screen appears asking for permission to send the machine and application usage information every month for about ten years.
• Page 813
  If you are logged in on an account with administrator privileges, follow the on-screen instructions. 2. Select Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program. 3. Select Change. If you select Yes after you have followed the on-screen instructions, the confirmation screen will appear at the time of the next survey.
• Page 814
  • To uninstall Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program: 1. Stop Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program. Changing setting: 2. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click the Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder. 3. Move Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.app to Trash.
• Page 815
  To display the confirmation screen every time the printer usage information is sent or to resume surveying, follow the procedure below. 1. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click the Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder.

• Page 816: Error Message Appears On Pictbridge (Wireless Lan) Compliant Device

  Follow the instructions below to resolve them. Note • This section describes errors that appear on Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices. The error messages and operations may vary depending on the device you are using. For errors on other brands of PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices, check the status of the Alarm lamp and take the appropriate action to clear the error.

• Page 817
  An error requiring servicing may have occurred. Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 818: If You Cannot Solve A Problem

  If You Cannot Solve a Problem If there is a problem that you cannot solve following the instructions in this chapter, contact Canon through the Support page of the Canon website or contact your nearest Canon service center. Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers.

• Page 819: List Of Support Code For Error

  List of Support Code for Error Support code appears on your computer screen when errors occur. A «support code» is an error number, and appears along with an error message. When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the computer screen and take the appropriate action in response.

• Page 820
  For paper jam support codes, see also List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams).

• Page 821: List Of Support Code For Error (Paper Jams)

  List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below. • If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot: 1300 • If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot: 1303 •…

• Page 822
  1300 Cause Paper is jammed in paper output slot. What to Do If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot, remove the paper by following these steps. 1. Slowly pull out paper. Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it. Important •…
• Page 823
  • We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5 paper may curl and jam as it leaves the machine. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 824
  1303 Cause Paper is jammed near transport unit. What to Do If you cannot see the paper at the paper output slot, remove the paper from the transport unit. To remove the paper, follow these steps. Note • If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the machine to remove it, press the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the machine.
• Page 825
  5. Pull out jammed paper slowly. Support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall over as you pull out the jammed paper. Note • If the paper is rolled up and difficult to remove, pull out the edge of the paper first. •…
• Page 826
  7. Plug machine back in and turn it back on. 8. Reload paper. All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 827
  1304 Cause Paper is jammed during automatic duplex printing. What to Do If the paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing, remove the paper by following these steps. Note • If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the machine to remove it, press the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the machine.
• Page 828
  4. Push open lever to open transport unit. Support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall over when you open or close the transport unit. 5. Pull out jammed paper slowly. Support the machine with your hand so that it does not fall over as you pull out the jammed paper. Note •…
• Page 829
  7. Plug machine back in and turn it back on. 8. Reload paper. All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 830: Paper Is Jammed Inside Machine

  Paper Is Jammed inside Machine If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper either from the paper output slot or from the transport unit, or if the jammed paper remains inside the machine, remove the paper following the instructions below.

• Page 831
  4. Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands. If the paper is rolled up, pull out it. 5. Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it. 6. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
• Page 832
  Check the machine again for any remaining bits of paper. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 833: Other Cases

  Other Cases Check the following: Is anything blocking paper output slot? Check1 Is paper curled? Check2 Load the paper after correcting its curl.

• Page 834
  1003 Cause Machine is out of paper or paper does not feed. What to Do Reload the paper and press machine’s Black or Color button. When you load the paper, insert the paper stack until the leading edge touches the far end of the front tray.
• Page 835
  1200 Cause Paper output cover is open. What to Do Close the paper output cover and wait for a while. Do not close it while you are replacing a FINE cartridge.
• Page 836
  1202 Cause Paper output cover is open. What to Do Close the paper output cover.
• Page 837
  1250 Cause Paper output tray is closed. What to Do Open the paper output tray and resume printing.
• Page 838
  1310 Cause Size of paper may not be compatible with automatic duplex printing. What to Do The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 and Letter. Make sure paper of the correct size is loaded. Press the Black or Color button to eject the paper and restart printing from the front of the next piece of paper.
• Page 839
  1401 Cause FINE cartridge is not installed. What to Do Install the FINE cartridge. If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 840
  1403 Cause FINE cartridge cannot be recognized. What to Do Replace the FINE cartridge. If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 841
  1485 Cause Appropriate ink cartridge is not installed. What to Do Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge is not compatible with this machine. Install the appropriate ink cartridge. If you want to cancel printing, press the machine’s Stop button.
• Page 842
  1486 Cause FINE cartridge is not installed in correct position. What to Do Make sure each FINE cartridge is installed in the correct position.
• Page 843
  1487 Cause FINE cartridge is not installed in correct position. What to Do Make sure each FINE cartridge is installed in the correct position.
• Page 844
  1682 Cause FINE cartridge cannot be recognized. What to Do Replace the FINE cartridge. If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 845
  1684 Cause The ink cartridge cannot be recognized. What to Do Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge may not be installed properly or may not be compatible with this machine. Install the appropriate ink cartridge. If you want to cancel printing, press the machine’s Stop button.
• Page 846
  If you want to continue printing without this function, press the machine’s Stop button for at least 5 seconds. Canon recommends to use new genuine Canon cartridges in order to obtain optimum qualities. Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition.
• Page 847
  1687 Cause The FINE cartridge is not installed properly. What to Do Open the paper output cover. When the head cover opens, push up the ink cartridge lock lever to make sure the FINE cartridges are installed properly. After that, close the paper output cover. If the error is not resolved, remove the FINE cartridges and install them again.
• Page 848
  1688 Cause The ink has run out. What to Do Replace the ink cartridge and close the paper output cover. If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, press the machine’s Stop button for at least 5 seconds with the ink cartridge installed.
• Page 849
  1702 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 850
  1703 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 851
  1704 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 852
  1705 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 853
  1712 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 854
  1713 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 855
  1714 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 856
  1715 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 857
  Open the paper output cover and make sure the protective material and tape have been removed from the FINE cartridge holder. If the protective material or tape is still there, remove it and close the paper output cover. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 858
  2100 Cause Paper size in print settings and size of loaded paper do not match. What to Do Check the print settings and the loaded paper, load paper of the correct size, and then press the machine’s Black or Color button. To cancel printing, press the machine’s Stop button.
• Page 859
  2101 Cause Paper size in print settings and size of loaded paper do not match. What to Do Check the print settings and the loaded paper, load paper of the correct size, and then press the machine’s Black or Color button. To cancel printing, press the machine’s Stop button.
• Page 860
  2102 Cause Machine has detected that paper has been fed aligned to one side. What to Do Load the paper into the center of the front tray and slide the paper guides to align with the both edges of the paper stack. Press the machine’s Black or Color button.
• Page 861
  2103 Cause Machine cannot detect paper size. What to Do Press the machine’s Stop button and try to print again. If this error still occurs even after printing again, set the machine not to detect the paper width by using the operation panel, the printer driver, or Remote UI.
• Page 862
  2900 Cause Scanning print head alignment sheet failed. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button. Check the following points, perform automatic print head alignment again. • Make sure the print head alignment sheet is set in the correct position and orientation on the platen glass.
• Page 863
  2901 Cause Print head alignment pattern has been printed and machine is waiting to scan sheet. What to Do Scan the printed alignment pattern. 1. Load print head alignment sheet on platen glass. Place the printed side down and align the mark in the upper left corner of the sheet with the alignment mark 2.
• Page 864
  3402 Cause Machine could not make copies because its memory is full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button. Wait a while and retry copying.
• Page 865
  3403 Cause Machine could not make copies because its memory is full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button. Wait a while and retry copying.
• Page 866
  3405 Cause Machine could not make copies because its memory is full. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button. Wait a while and retry copying.
• Page 867
  3412 Cause Scanning original has failed. What to Do Press the machine’s Black or Color button, and then follow the actions below. • Make sure that the original is placed on the platen glass. • Make sure that the original is set in the correct position and orientation. After carrying out the above actions, retry scanning or copying.
• Page 868
  4100 Cause Specified data cannot be printed. What to Do If you are printing CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM contents, check the message shown your computer, make sure genuine Canon FINE cartridges are installed properly for all colors, and retry the printing.
• Page 869
  4103 Cause Cannot perform printing with current print settings. What to Do Press the machine’s Stop button to cancel printing. Then change the print settings and retry printing.
• Page 870
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 871
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 872
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 873
  FINE cartridges are installed properly. After that, close the paper output cover. Turn the machine back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • When clearing an impediment to FINE cartridge holder motion, be careful not to touch clear film (A).
• Page 874
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 875
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 876
  5B02 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 877
  5B03 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 878
  5B04 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 879
  5B05 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 880
  5B12 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 881
  5B13 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 882
  5B14 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 883
  5B15 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 884
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 885
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 886
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 887
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 888
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 889
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 890
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 891
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 892
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 893
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 894
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 895
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 896
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 897
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 898
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 899
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 900
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 901
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 902
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 903
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 904
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 905
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
• Page 906
  Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 907: B202

  B202 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 908: B203

  B203 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 909: B204

  B204 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

• Page 910: B205

  B205 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off the machine and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.